Citra-emu/ext-library-headers
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Add fdk-aac and FFmpeg headers.

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Steveice10 2023-06-16 12:00:58 -07:00
parent 76253d7f21
commit 071bc4282c
152 changed files with 39752 additions and 0 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

31
CMakeLists.txt Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
add_library(library-headers INTERFACE)
# libfdk-aac headers
find_path(FDK_AAC_INCLUDES NAMES fdk-aac/aacdecoder_lib.h)
if(FDK_AAC_INCLUDES STREQUAL "FDK_AAC_INCLUDES-NOTFOUND")
message(STATUS "fdk_aac headers not found, using bundled headers.")
target_include_directories(library-headers INTERFACE ./fdk-aac/include)
else()
message(STATUS "Using headers from system fdk_aac")
target_include_directories(library-headers SYSTEM INTERFACE ${FDK_AAC_INCLUDES})
endif()
# FFmpeg headers
find_path(AVUTIL_INCLUDES NAMES libavutil/avutil.h)
find_path(AVCODEC_INCLUDES NAMES libavcodec/avcodec.h)
find_path(AVFORMAT_INCLUDES NAMES libavformat/avformat.h)
find_path(AVFILTER_INCLUDES NAMES libavfilter/avfilter.h)
find_path(SWRESAMPLE_INCLUDES NAMES libswresample/swresample.h)
# Make sure all the headers are found and from the same place, so we don't
# have missing or mismatched components.
if(AVUTIL_INCLUDES STREQUAL "AVUTIL_INCLUDES-NOTFOUND"
OR NOT AVCODEC_INCLUDES STREQUAL AVUTIL_INCLUDES
OR NOT AVFORMAT_INCLUDES STREQUAL AVUTIL_INCLUDES
OR NOT AVFILTER_INCLUDES STREQUAL AVUTIL_INCLUDES
OR NOT SWRESAMPLE_INCLUDES STREQUAL AVUTIL_INCLUDES)
message(STATUS "Complete FFmpeg headers not found, using bundled headers.")
target_include_directories(library-headers INTERFACE ./ffmpeg/include)
else()
message(STATUS "Using headers from system FFmpeg")
target_include_directories(library-headers SYSTEM INTERFACE ${AVUTIL_INCLUDES})
endif()

22
README.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
# ext-library-headers
Set of headers used by Citra for dynamically linked libraries. Compared to including the original library repositories as submodules, this keeps the clone size low by providing only the headers.
## Base Libraries
* fdk-aac
* Version: 2.0.2
* Source: https://github.com/mstorsjo/fdk-aac/tree/v2.0.2
* Packages: https://archlinux.org/packages/extra/x86_64/libfdk-aac
* FFmpeg
* Version: 6.0
* Source: https://github.com/FFmpeg/FFmpeg/tree/n6.0
* Packages: https://archlinux.org/packages/extra/x86_64/ffmpeg
## Updating
The simplest way to get all of the final headers is to use the linked Arch packages.
1. Download the latest version of the package you want to update from the linked page.
2. Extract the package from the downloaded file.
3. Browse to the ```usr/include``` directory within the package and copy all of the headers over the current set in this repository.

92
fdk-aac/NOTICE Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
Software License for The Fraunhofer FDK AAC Codec Library for Android
© Copyright 1995 - 2018 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten
Forschung e.V. All rights reserved.
1. INTRODUCTION
The Fraunhofer FDK AAC Codec Library for Android ("FDK AAC Codec") is software
that implements the MPEG Advanced Audio Coding ("AAC") encoding and decoding
scheme for digital audio. This FDK AAC Codec software is intended to be used on
a wide variety of Android devices.
AAC's HE-AAC and HE-AAC v2 versions are regarded as today's most efficient
general perceptual audio codecs. AAC-ELD is considered the best-performing
full-bandwidth communications codec by independent studies and is widely
deployed. AAC has been standardized by ISO and IEC as part of the MPEG
specifications.
Patent licenses for necessary patent claims for the FDK AAC Codec (including
those of Fraunhofer) may be obtained through Via Licensing
(www.vialicensing.com) or through the respective patent owners individually for
the purpose of encoding or decoding bit streams in products that are compliant
with the ISO/IEC MPEG audio standards. Please note that most manufacturers of
Android devices already license these patent claims through Via Licensing or
directly from the patent owners, and therefore FDK AAC Codec software may
already be covered under those patent licenses when it is used for those
licensed purposes only.
Commercially-licensed AAC software libraries, including floating-point versions
with enhanced sound quality, are also available from Fraunhofer. Users are
encouraged to check the Fraunhofer website for additional applications
information and documentation.
2. COPYRIGHT LICENSE
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
are permitted without payment of copyright license fees provided that you
satisfy the following conditions:
You must retain the complete text of this software license in redistributions of
the FDK AAC Codec or your modifications thereto in source code form.
You must retain the complete text of this software license in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with redistributions of the FDK AAC Codec or
your modifications thereto in binary form. You must make available free of
charge copies of the complete source code of the FDK AAC Codec and your
modifications thereto to recipients of copies in binary form.
The name of Fraunhofer may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
from this library without prior written permission.
You may not charge copyright license fees for anyone to use, copy or distribute
the FDK AAC Codec software or your modifications thereto.
Your modified versions of the FDK AAC Codec must carry prominent notices stating
that you changed the software and the date of any change. For modified versions
of the FDK AAC Codec, the term "Fraunhofer FDK AAC Codec Library for Android"
must be replaced by the term "Third-Party Modified Version of the Fraunhofer FDK
AAC Codec Library for Android."
3. NO PATENT LICENSE
NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED LICENSES TO ANY PATENT CLAIMS, including without
limitation the patents of Fraunhofer, ARE GRANTED BY THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE.
Fraunhofer provides no warranty of patent non-infringement with respect to this
software.
You may use this FDK AAC Codec software or modifications thereto only for
purposes that are authorized by appropriate patent licenses.
4. DISCLAIMER
This FDK AAC Codec software is provided by Fraunhofer on behalf of the copyright
holders and contributors "AS IS" and WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and
fitness for a particular purpose. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary,
or consequential damages, including but not limited to procurement of substitute
goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits, or business interruption,
however caused and on any theory of liability, whether in contract, strict
liability, or tort (including negligence), arising in any way out of the use of
this software, even if advised of the possibility of such damage.
5. CONTACT INFORMATION
Fraunhofer Institute for Integrated Circuits IIS
Attention: Audio and Multimedia Departments - FDK AAC LL
Am Wolfsmantel 33
91058 Erlangen, Germany
www.iis.fraunhofer.de/amm
amm-info@iis.fraunhofer.de

813
fdk-aac/include/fdk-aac/FDK_audio.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,813 @@
/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Software License for The Fraunhofer FDK AAC Codec Library for Android
© Copyright 1995 - 2018 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten
Forschung e.V. All rights reserved.
1. INTRODUCTION
The Fraunhofer FDK AAC Codec Library for Android ("FDK AAC Codec") is software
that implements the MPEG Advanced Audio Coding ("AAC") encoding and decoding
scheme for digital audio. This FDK AAC Codec software is intended to be used on
a wide variety of Android devices.
AAC's HE-AAC and HE-AAC v2 versions are regarded as today's most efficient
general perceptual audio codecs. AAC-ELD is considered the best-performing
full-bandwidth communications codec by independent studies and is widely
deployed. AAC has been standardized by ISO and IEC as part of the MPEG
specifications.
Patent licenses for necessary patent claims for the FDK AAC Codec (including
those of Fraunhofer) may be obtained through Via Licensing
(www.vialicensing.com) or through the respective patent owners individually for
the purpose of encoding or decoding bit streams in products that are compliant
with the ISO/IEC MPEG audio standards. Please note that most manufacturers of
Android devices already license these patent claims through Via Licensing or
directly from the patent owners, and therefore FDK AAC Codec software may
already be covered under those patent licenses when it is used for those
licensed purposes only.
Commercially-licensed AAC software libraries, including floating-point versions
with enhanced sound quality, are also available from Fraunhofer. Users are
encouraged to check the Fraunhofer website for additional applications
information and documentation.
2. COPYRIGHT LICENSE
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
are permitted without payment of copyright license fees provided that you
satisfy the following conditions:
You must retain the complete text of this software license in redistributions of
the FDK AAC Codec or your modifications thereto in source code form.
You must retain the complete text of this software license in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with redistributions of the FDK AAC Codec or
your modifications thereto in binary form. You must make available free of
charge copies of the complete source code of the FDK AAC Codec and your
modifications thereto to recipients of copies in binary form.
The name of Fraunhofer may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
from this library without prior written permission.
You may not charge copyright license fees for anyone to use, copy or distribute
the FDK AAC Codec software or your modifications thereto.
Your modified versions of the FDK AAC Codec must carry prominent notices stating
that you changed the software and the date of any change. For modified versions
of the FDK AAC Codec, the term "Fraunhofer FDK AAC Codec Library for Android"
must be replaced by the term "Third-Party Modified Version of the Fraunhofer FDK
AAC Codec Library for Android."
3. NO PATENT LICENSE
NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED LICENSES TO ANY PATENT CLAIMS, including without
limitation the patents of Fraunhofer, ARE GRANTED BY THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE.
Fraunhofer provides no warranty of patent non-infringement with respect to this
software.
You may use this FDK AAC Codec software or modifications thereto only for
purposes that are authorized by appropriate patent licenses.
4. DISCLAIMER
This FDK AAC Codec software is provided by Fraunhofer on behalf of the copyright
holders and contributors "AS IS" and WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and
fitness for a particular purpose. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary,
or consequential damages, including but not limited to procurement of substitute
goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits, or business interruption,
however caused and on any theory of liability, whether in contract, strict
liability, or tort (including negligence), arising in any way out of the use of
this software, even if advised of the possibility of such damage.
5. CONTACT INFORMATION
Fraunhofer Institute for Integrated Circuits IIS
Attention: Audio and Multimedia Departments - FDK AAC LL
Am Wolfsmantel 33
91058 Erlangen, Germany
www.iis.fraunhofer.de/amm
amm-info@iis.fraunhofer.de
----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/************************* System integration library **************************
Author(s): Manuel Jander
Description:
*******************************************************************************/
/** \file FDK_audio.h
* \brief Global audio struct and constant definitions.
*/
#ifndef FDK_AUDIO_H
#define FDK_AUDIO_H
#include "machine_type.h"
#include "genericStds.h"
#include "syslib_channelMapDescr.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* File format identifiers.
*/
typedef enum {
FF_UNKNOWN = -1, /**< Unknown format. */
FF_RAW = 0, /**< No container, bit stream data conveyed "as is". */
FF_MP4_3GPP = 3, /**< 3GPP file format. */
FF_MP4_MP4F = 4, /**< MPEG-4 File format. */
FF_RAWPACKETS = 5 /**< Proprietary raw packet file. */
} FILE_FORMAT;
/**
* Transport type identifiers.
*/
typedef enum {
TT_UNKNOWN = -1, /**< Unknown format. */
TT_MP4_RAW = 0, /**< "as is" access units (packet based since there is
obviously no sync layer) */
TT_MP4_ADIF = 1, /**< ADIF bitstream format. */
TT_MP4_ADTS = 2, /**< ADTS bitstream format. */
TT_MP4_LATM_MCP1 = 6, /**< Audio Mux Elements with muxConfigPresent = 1 */
TT_MP4_LATM_MCP0 = 7, /**< Audio Mux Elements with muxConfigPresent = 0, out
of band StreamMuxConfig */
TT_MP4_LOAS = 10, /**< Audio Sync Stream. */
TT_DRM = 12 /**< Digital Radio Mondial (DRM30/DRM+) bitstream format. */
} TRANSPORT_TYPE;
#define TT_IS_PACKET(x) \
(((x) == TT_MP4_RAW) || ((x) == TT_DRM) || ((x) == TT_MP4_LATM_MCP0) || \
((x) == TT_MP4_LATM_MCP1))
/**
* Audio Object Type definitions.
*/
typedef enum {
AOT_NONE = -1,
AOT_NULL_OBJECT = 0,
AOT_AAC_MAIN = 1, /**< Main profile */
AOT_AAC_LC = 2, /**< Low Complexity object */
AOT_AAC_SSR = 3,
AOT_AAC_LTP = 4,
AOT_SBR = 5,
AOT_AAC_SCAL = 6,
AOT_TWIN_VQ = 7,
AOT_CELP = 8,
AOT_HVXC = 9,
AOT_RSVD_10 = 10, /**< (reserved) */
AOT_RSVD_11 = 11, /**< (reserved) */
AOT_TTSI = 12, /**< TTSI Object */
AOT_MAIN_SYNTH = 13, /**< Main Synthetic object */
AOT_WAV_TAB_SYNTH = 14, /**< Wavetable Synthesis object */
AOT_GEN_MIDI = 15, /**< General MIDI object */
AOT_ALG_SYNTH_AUD_FX = 16, /**< Algorithmic Synthesis and Audio FX object */
AOT_ER_AAC_LC = 17, /**< Error Resilient(ER) AAC Low Complexity */
AOT_RSVD_18 = 18, /**< (reserved) */
AOT_ER_AAC_LTP = 19, /**< Error Resilient(ER) AAC LTP object */
AOT_ER_AAC_SCAL = 20, /**< Error Resilient(ER) AAC Scalable object */
AOT_ER_TWIN_VQ = 21, /**< Error Resilient(ER) TwinVQ object */
AOT_ER_BSAC = 22, /**< Error Resilient(ER) BSAC object */
AOT_ER_AAC_LD = 23, /**< Error Resilient(ER) AAC LowDelay object */
AOT_ER_CELP = 24, /**< Error Resilient(ER) CELP object */
AOT_ER_HVXC = 25, /**< Error Resilient(ER) HVXC object */
AOT_ER_HILN = 26, /**< Error Resilient(ER) HILN object */
AOT_ER_PARA = 27, /**< Error Resilient(ER) Parametric object */
AOT_RSVD_28 = 28, /**< might become SSC */
AOT_PS = 29, /**< PS, Parametric Stereo (includes SBR) */
AOT_MPEGS = 30, /**< MPEG Surround */
AOT_ESCAPE = 31, /**< Signal AOT uses more than 5 bits */
AOT_MP3ONMP4_L1 = 32, /**< MPEG-Layer1 in mp4 */
AOT_MP3ONMP4_L2 = 33, /**< MPEG-Layer2 in mp4 */
AOT_MP3ONMP4_L3 = 34, /**< MPEG-Layer3 in mp4 */
AOT_RSVD_35 = 35, /**< might become DST */
AOT_RSVD_36 = 36, /**< might become ALS */
AOT_AAC_SLS = 37, /**< AAC + SLS */
AOT_SLS = 38, /**< SLS */
AOT_ER_AAC_ELD = 39, /**< AAC Enhanced Low Delay */
AOT_USAC = 42, /**< USAC */
AOT_SAOC = 43, /**< SAOC */
AOT_LD_MPEGS = 44, /**< Low Delay MPEG Surround */
/* Pseudo AOTs */
AOT_MP2_AAC_LC = 129, /**< Virtual AOT MP2 Low Complexity profile */
AOT_MP2_SBR = 132, /**< Virtual AOT MP2 Low Complexity Profile with SBR */
AOT_DRM_AAC = 143, /**< Virtual AOT for DRM (ER-AAC-SCAL without SBR) */
AOT_DRM_SBR = 144, /**< Virtual AOT for DRM (ER-AAC-SCAL with SBR) */
AOT_DRM_MPEG_PS =
145, /**< Virtual AOT for DRM (ER-AAC-SCAL with SBR and MPEG-PS) */
AOT_DRM_SURROUND =
146, /**< Virtual AOT for DRM Surround (ER-AAC-SCAL (+SBR) +MPS) */
AOT_DRM_USAC = 147 /**< Virtual AOT for DRM with USAC */
} AUDIO_OBJECT_TYPE;
#define CAN_DO_PS(aot) \
((aot) == AOT_AAC_LC || (aot) == AOT_SBR || (aot) == AOT_PS || \
(aot) == AOT_ER_BSAC || (aot) == AOT_DRM_AAC)
#define IS_USAC(aot) ((aot) == AOT_USAC)
#define IS_LOWDELAY(aot) ((aot) == AOT_ER_AAC_LD || (aot) == AOT_ER_AAC_ELD)
/** Channel Mode ( 1-7 equals MPEG channel configurations, others are
* arbitrary). */
typedef enum {
MODE_INVALID = -1,
MODE_UNKNOWN = 0,
MODE_1 = 1, /**< C */
MODE_2 = 2, /**< L+R */
MODE_1_2 = 3, /**< C, L+R */
MODE_1_2_1 = 4, /**< C, L+R, Rear */
MODE_1_2_2 = 5, /**< C, L+R, LS+RS */
MODE_1_2_2_1 = 6, /**< C, L+R, LS+RS, LFE */
MODE_1_2_2_2_1 = 7, /**< C, LC+RC, L+R, LS+RS, LFE */
MODE_6_1 = 11, /**< C, L+R, LS+RS, Crear, LFE */
MODE_7_1_BACK = 12, /**< C, L+R, LS+RS, Lrear+Rrear, LFE */
MODE_7_1_TOP_FRONT = 14, /**< C, L+R, LS+RS, LFE, Ltop+Rtop */
MODE_7_1_REAR_SURROUND = 33, /**< C, L+R, LS+RS, Lrear+Rrear, LFE */
MODE_7_1_FRONT_CENTER = 34, /**< C, LC+RC, L+R, LS+RS, LFE */
MODE_212 = 128 /**< 212 configuration, used in ELDv2 */
} CHANNEL_MODE;
/**
* Speaker description tags.
* Do not change the enumeration values unless it keeps the following
* segmentation:
* - Bit 0-3: Horizontal postion (0: none, 1: front, 2: side, 3: back, 4: lfe)
* - Bit 4-7: Vertical position (0: normal, 1: top, 2: bottom)
*/
typedef enum {
ACT_NONE = 0x00,
ACT_FRONT = 0x01, /*!< Front speaker position (at normal height) */
ACT_SIDE = 0x02, /*!< Side speaker position (at normal height) */
ACT_BACK = 0x03, /*!< Back speaker position (at normal height) */
ACT_LFE = 0x04, /*!< Low frequency effect speaker postion (front) */
ACT_TOP =
0x10, /*!< Top speaker area (for combination with speaker positions) */
ACT_FRONT_TOP = 0x11, /*!< Top front speaker = (ACT_FRONT|ACT_TOP) */
ACT_SIDE_TOP = 0x12, /*!< Top side speaker = (ACT_SIDE |ACT_TOP) */
ACT_BACK_TOP = 0x13, /*!< Top back speaker = (ACT_BACK |ACT_TOP) */
ACT_BOTTOM =
0x20, /*!< Bottom speaker area (for combination with speaker positions) */
ACT_FRONT_BOTTOM = 0x21, /*!< Bottom front speaker = (ACT_FRONT|ACT_BOTTOM) */
ACT_SIDE_BOTTOM = 0x22, /*!< Bottom side speaker = (ACT_SIDE |ACT_BOTTOM) */
ACT_BACK_BOTTOM = 0x23 /*!< Bottom back speaker = (ACT_BACK |ACT_BOTTOM) */
} AUDIO_CHANNEL_TYPE;
typedef enum {
SIG_UNKNOWN = -1,
SIG_IMPLICIT = 0,
SIG_EXPLICIT_BW_COMPATIBLE = 1,
SIG_EXPLICIT_HIERARCHICAL = 2
} SBR_PS_SIGNALING;
/**
* Audio Codec flags.
*/
#define AC_ER_VCB11 \
0x000001 /*!< aacSectionDataResilienceFlag flag (from ASC): 1 means use \
virtual codebooks */
#define AC_ER_RVLC \
0x000002 /*!< aacSpectralDataResilienceFlag flag (from ASC): 1 means use \
huffman codeword reordering */
#define AC_ER_HCR \
0x000004 /*!< aacSectionDataResilienceFlag flag (from ASC): 1 means use \
virtual codebooks */
#define AC_SCALABLE 0x000008 /*!< AAC Scalable*/
#define AC_ELD 0x000010 /*!< AAC-ELD */
#define AC_LD 0x000020 /*!< AAC-LD */
#define AC_ER 0x000040 /*!< ER syntax */
#define AC_BSAC 0x000080 /*!< BSAC */
#define AC_USAC 0x000100 /*!< USAC */
#define AC_RSV603DA 0x000200 /*!< RSVD60 3D audio */
#define AC_HDAAC 0x000400 /*!< HD-AAC */
#define AC_RSVD50 0x004000 /*!< Rsvd50 */
#define AC_SBR_PRESENT 0x008000 /*!< SBR present flag (from ASC) */
#define AC_SBRCRC \
0x010000 /*!< SBR CRC present flag. Only relevant for AAC-ELD for now. */
#define AC_PS_PRESENT 0x020000 /*!< PS present flag (from ASC or implicit) */
#define AC_MPS_PRESENT \
0x040000 /*!< MPS present flag (from ASC or implicit) \
*/
#define AC_DRM 0x080000 /*!< DRM bit stream syntax */
#define AC_INDEP 0x100000 /*!< Independency flag */
#define AC_MPEGD_RES 0x200000 /*!< MPEG-D residual individual channel data. */
#define AC_SAOC_PRESENT 0x400000 /*!< SAOC Present Flag */
#define AC_DAB 0x800000 /*!< DAB bit stream syntax */
#define AC_ELD_DOWNSCALE 0x1000000 /*!< ELD Downscaled playout */
#define AC_LD_MPS 0x2000000 /*!< Low Delay MPS. */
#define AC_DRC_PRESENT \
0x4000000 /*!< Dynamic Range Control (DRC) data found. \
*/
#define AC_USAC_SCFGI3 \
0x8000000 /*!< USAC flag: If stereoConfigIndex is 3 the flag is set. */
/**
* Audio Codec flags (reconfiguration).
*/
#define AC_CM_DET_CFG_CHANGE \
0x000001 /*!< Config mode signalizes the callback to work in config change \
detection mode */
#define AC_CM_ALLOC_MEM \
0x000002 /*!< Config mode signalizes the callback to work in memory \
allocation mode */
/**
* Audio Codec flags (element specific).
*/
#define AC_EL_USAC_TW 0x000001 /*!< USAC time warped filter bank is active */
#define AC_EL_USAC_NOISE 0x000002 /*!< USAC noise filling is active */
#define AC_EL_USAC_ITES 0x000004 /*!< USAC SBR inter-TES tool is active */
#define AC_EL_USAC_PVC \
0x000008 /*!< USAC SBR predictive vector coding tool is active */
#define AC_EL_USAC_MPS212 0x000010 /*!< USAC MPS212 tool is active */
#define AC_EL_USAC_LFE 0x000020 /*!< USAC element is LFE */
#define AC_EL_USAC_CP_POSSIBLE \
0x000040 /*!< USAC may use Complex Stereo Prediction in this channel element \
*/
#define AC_EL_ENHANCED_NOISE 0x000080 /*!< Enhanced noise filling*/
#define AC_EL_IGF_AFTER_TNS 0x000100 /*!< IGF after TNS */
#define AC_EL_IGF_INDEP_TILING 0x000200 /*!< IGF independent tiling */
#define AC_EL_IGF_USE_ENF 0x000400 /*!< IGF use enhanced noise filling */
#define AC_EL_FULLBANDLPD 0x000800 /*!< enable fullband LPD tools */
#define AC_EL_LPDSTEREOIDX 0x001000 /*!< LPD-stereo-tool stereo index */
#define AC_EL_LFE 0x002000 /*!< The element is of type LFE. */
/* CODER_CONFIG::flags */
#define CC_MPEG_ID 0x00100000
#define CC_IS_BASELAYER 0x00200000
#define CC_PROTECTION 0x00400000
#define CC_SBR 0x00800000
#define CC_SBRCRC 0x00010000
#define CC_SAC 0x00020000
#define CC_RVLC 0x01000000
#define CC_VCB11 0x02000000
#define CC_HCR 0x04000000
#define CC_PSEUDO_SURROUND 0x08000000
#define CC_USAC_NOISE 0x10000000
#define CC_USAC_TW 0x20000000
#define CC_USAC_HBE 0x40000000
/** Generic audio coder configuration structure. */
typedef struct {
AUDIO_OBJECT_TYPE aot; /**< Audio Object Type (AOT). */
AUDIO_OBJECT_TYPE extAOT; /**< Extension Audio Object Type (SBR). */
CHANNEL_MODE channelMode; /**< Channel mode. */
UCHAR channelConfigZero; /**< Use channel config zero + pce although a
standard channel config could be signaled. */
INT samplingRate; /**< Sampling rate. */
INT extSamplingRate; /**< Extended samplerate (SBR). */
INT downscaleSamplingRate; /**< Downscale sampling rate (ELD downscaled mode)
*/
INT bitRate; /**< Average bitrate. */
int samplesPerFrame; /**< Number of PCM samples per codec frame and audio
channel. */
int noChannels; /**< Number of audio channels. */
int bitsFrame;
int nSubFrames; /**< Amount of encoder subframes. 1 means no subframing. */
int BSACnumOfSubFrame; /**< The number of the sub-frames which are grouped and
transmitted in a super-frame (BSAC). */
int BSAClayerLength; /**< The average length of the large-step layers in bytes
(BSAC). */
UINT flags; /**< flags */
UCHAR matrixMixdownA; /**< Matrix mixdown index to put into PCE. Default value
0 means no mixdown coefficient, valid values are 1-4
which correspond to matrix_mixdown_idx 0-3. */
UCHAR headerPeriod; /**< Frame period for sending in band configuration
buffers in the transport layer. */
UCHAR stereoConfigIndex; /**< USAC MPS stereo mode */
UCHAR sbrMode; /**< USAC SBR mode */
SBR_PS_SIGNALING sbrSignaling; /**< 0: implicit signaling, 1: backwards
compatible explicit signaling, 2:
hierarcical explicit signaling */
UCHAR rawConfig[64]; /**< raw codec specific config as bit stream */
int rawConfigBits; /**< Size of rawConfig in bits */
UCHAR sbrPresent;
UCHAR psPresent;
} CODER_CONFIG;
#define USAC_ID_BIT 16 /** USAC element IDs start at USAC_ID_BIT */
/** MP4 Element IDs. */
typedef enum {
/* mp4 element IDs */
ID_NONE = -1, /**< Invalid Element helper ID. */
ID_SCE = 0, /**< Single Channel Element. */
ID_CPE = 1, /**< Channel Pair Element. */
ID_CCE = 2, /**< Coupling Channel Element. */
ID_LFE = 3, /**< LFE Channel Element. */
ID_DSE = 4, /**< Currently one Data Stream Element for ancillary data is
supported. */
ID_PCE = 5, /**< Program Config Element. */
ID_FIL = 6, /**< Fill Element. */
ID_END = 7, /**< Arnie (End Element = Terminator). */
ID_EXT = 8, /**< Extension Payload (ER only). */
ID_SCAL = 9, /**< AAC scalable element (ER only). */
/* USAC element IDs */
ID_USAC_SCE = 0 + USAC_ID_BIT, /**< Single Channel Element. */
ID_USAC_CPE = 1 + USAC_ID_BIT, /**< Channel Pair Element. */
ID_USAC_LFE = 2 + USAC_ID_BIT, /**< LFE Channel Element. */
ID_USAC_EXT = 3 + USAC_ID_BIT, /**< Extension Element. */
ID_USAC_END = 4 + USAC_ID_BIT, /**< Arnie (End Element = Terminator). */
ID_LAST
} MP4_ELEMENT_ID;
/* usacConfigExtType q.v. ISO/IEC DIS 23008-3 Table 52 and ISO/IEC FDIS
* 23003-3:2011(E) Table 74*/
typedef enum {
/* USAC and RSVD60 3DA */
ID_CONFIG_EXT_FILL = 0,
/* RSVD60 3DA */
ID_CONFIG_EXT_DOWNMIX = 1,
ID_CONFIG_EXT_LOUDNESS_INFO = 2,
ID_CONFIG_EXT_AUDIOSCENE_INFO = 3,
ID_CONFIG_EXT_HOA_MATRIX = 4,
ID_CONFIG_EXT_SIG_GROUP_INFO = 6
/* 5-127 => reserved for ISO use */
/* > 128 => reserved for use outside of ISO scope */
} CONFIG_EXT_ID;
#define IS_CHANNEL_ELEMENT(elementId) \
((elementId) == ID_SCE || (elementId) == ID_CPE || (elementId) == ID_LFE || \
(elementId) == ID_USAC_SCE || (elementId) == ID_USAC_CPE || \
(elementId) == ID_USAC_LFE)
#define IS_MP4_CHANNEL_ELEMENT(elementId) \
((elementId) == ID_SCE || (elementId) == ID_CPE || (elementId) == ID_LFE)
#define EXT_ID_BITS 4 /**< Size in bits of extension payload type tags. */
/** Extension payload types. */
typedef enum {
EXT_FIL = 0x00,
EXT_FILL_DATA = 0x01,
EXT_DATA_ELEMENT = 0x02,
EXT_DATA_LENGTH = 0x03,
EXT_UNI_DRC = 0x04,
EXT_LDSAC_DATA = 0x09,
EXT_SAOC_DATA = 0x0a,
EXT_DYNAMIC_RANGE = 0x0b,
EXT_SAC_DATA = 0x0c,
EXT_SBR_DATA = 0x0d,
EXT_SBR_DATA_CRC = 0x0e
} EXT_PAYLOAD_TYPE;
#define IS_USAC_CHANNEL_ELEMENT(elementId) \
((elementId) == ID_USAC_SCE || (elementId) == ID_USAC_CPE || \
(elementId) == ID_USAC_LFE)
/** MPEG-D USAC & RSVD60 3D audio Extension Element Types. */
typedef enum {
/* usac */
ID_EXT_ELE_FILL = 0x00,
ID_EXT_ELE_MPEGS = 0x01,
ID_EXT_ELE_SAOC = 0x02,
ID_EXT_ELE_AUDIOPREROLL = 0x03,
ID_EXT_ELE_UNI_DRC = 0x04,
/* rsv603da */
ID_EXT_ELE_OBJ_METADATA = 0x05,
ID_EXT_ELE_SAOC_3D = 0x06,
ID_EXT_ELE_HOA = 0x07,
ID_EXT_ELE_FMT_CNVRTR = 0x08,
ID_EXT_ELE_MCT = 0x09,
ID_EXT_ELE_ENHANCED_OBJ_METADATA = 0x0d,
/* reserved for use outside of ISO scope */
ID_EXT_ELE_VR_METADATA = 0x81,
ID_EXT_ELE_UNKNOWN = 0xFF
} USAC_EXT_ELEMENT_TYPE;
/**
* Proprietary raw packet file configuration data type identifier.
*/
typedef enum {
TC_NOTHING = 0, /* No configuration available -> in-band configuration. */
TC_RAW_ADTS = 2, /* Transfer type is ADTS. */
TC_RAW_LATM_MCP1 = 6, /* Transfer type is LATM with SMC present. */
TC_RAW_SDC = 21 /* Configuration data field is Drm SDC. */
} TP_CONFIG_TYPE;
/*
* ##############################################################################################
* Library identification and error handling
* ##############################################################################################
*/
/* \cond */
typedef enum {
FDK_NONE = 0,
FDK_TOOLS = 1,
FDK_SYSLIB = 2,
FDK_AACDEC = 3,
FDK_AACENC = 4,
FDK_SBRDEC = 5,
FDK_SBRENC = 6,
FDK_TPDEC = 7,
FDK_TPENC = 8,
FDK_MPSDEC = 9,
FDK_MPEGFILEREAD = 10,
FDK_MPEGFILEWRITE = 11,
FDK_PCMDMX = 31,
FDK_MPSENC = 34,
FDK_TDLIMIT = 35,
FDK_UNIDRCDEC = 38,
FDK_MODULE_LAST
} FDK_MODULE_ID;
/* AAC capability flags */
#define CAPF_AAC_LC 0x00000001 /**< Support flag for AAC Low Complexity. */
#define CAPF_ER_AAC_LD \
0x00000002 /**< Support flag for AAC Low Delay with Error Resilience tools. \
*/
#define CAPF_ER_AAC_SCAL 0x00000004 /**< Support flag for AAC Scalable. */
#define CAPF_ER_AAC_LC \
0x00000008 /**< Support flag for AAC Low Complexity with Error Resilience \
tools. */
#define CAPF_AAC_480 \
0x00000010 /**< Support flag for AAC with 480 framelength. */
#define CAPF_AAC_512 \
0x00000020 /**< Support flag for AAC with 512 framelength. */
#define CAPF_AAC_960 \
0x00000040 /**< Support flag for AAC with 960 framelength. */
#define CAPF_AAC_1024 \
0x00000080 /**< Support flag for AAC with 1024 framelength. */
#define CAPF_AAC_HCR \
0x00000100 /**< Support flag for AAC with Huffman Codeword Reordering. */
#define CAPF_AAC_VCB11 \
0x00000200 /**< Support flag for AAC Virtual Codebook 11. */
#define CAPF_AAC_RVLC \
0x00000400 /**< Support flag for AAC Reversible Variable Length Coding. */
#define CAPF_AAC_MPEG4 0x00000800 /**< Support flag for MPEG file format. */
#define CAPF_AAC_DRC \
0x00001000 /**< Support flag for AAC Dynamic Range Control. */
#define CAPF_AAC_CONCEALMENT \
0x00002000 /**< Support flag for AAC concealment. */
#define CAPF_AAC_DRM_BSFORMAT \
0x00004000 /**< Support flag for AAC DRM bistream format. */
#define CAPF_ER_AAC_ELD \
0x00008000 /**< Support flag for AAC Enhanced Low Delay with Error \
Resilience tools. */
#define CAPF_ER_AAC_BSAC \
0x00010000 /**< Support flag for AAC BSAC. */
#define CAPF_AAC_ELD_DOWNSCALE \
0x00040000 /**< Support flag for AAC-ELD Downscaling */
#define CAPF_AAC_USAC_LP \
0x00100000 /**< Support flag for USAC low power mode. */
#define CAPF_AAC_USAC \
0x00200000 /**< Support flag for Unified Speech and Audio Coding (USAC). */
#define CAPF_ER_AAC_ELDV2 \
0x00800000 /**< Support flag for AAC Enhanced Low Delay with MPS 212. */
#define CAPF_AAC_UNIDRC \
0x01000000 /**< Support flag for MPEG-D Dynamic Range Control (uniDrc). */
/* Transport capability flags */
#define CAPF_ADTS \
0x00000001 /**< Support flag for ADTS transport format. */
#define CAPF_ADIF \
0x00000002 /**< Support flag for ADIF transport format. */
#define CAPF_LATM \
0x00000004 /**< Support flag for LATM transport format. */
#define CAPF_LOAS \
0x00000008 /**< Support flag for LOAS transport format. */
#define CAPF_RAWPACKETS \
0x00000010 /**< Support flag for RAW PACKETS transport format. */
#define CAPF_DRM \
0x00000020 /**< Support flag for DRM/DRM+ transport format. */
#define CAPF_RSVD50 \
0x00000040 /**< Support flag for RSVD50 transport format */
/* SBR capability flags */
#define CAPF_SBR_LP \
0x00000001 /**< Support flag for SBR Low Power mode. */
#define CAPF_SBR_HQ \
0x00000002 /**< Support flag for SBR High Quality mode. */
#define CAPF_SBR_DRM_BS \
0x00000004 /**< Support flag for */
#define CAPF_SBR_CONCEALMENT \
0x00000008 /**< Support flag for SBR concealment. */
#define CAPF_SBR_DRC \
0x00000010 /**< Support flag for SBR Dynamic Range Control. */
#define CAPF_SBR_PS_MPEG \
0x00000020 /**< Support flag for MPEG Parametric Stereo. */
#define CAPF_SBR_PS_DRM \
0x00000040 /**< Support flag for DRM Parametric Stereo. */
#define CAPF_SBR_ELD_DOWNSCALE \
0x00000080 /**< Support flag for ELD reduced delay mode */
#define CAPF_SBR_HBEHQ \
0x00000100 /**< Support flag for HQ HBE */
/* PCM utils capability flags */
#define CAPF_DMX_BLIND \
0x00000001 /**< Support flag for blind downmixing. */
#define CAPF_DMX_PCE \
0x00000002 /**< Support flag for guided downmix with data from MPEG-2/4 \
Program Config Elements (PCE). */
#define CAPF_DMX_ARIB \
0x00000004 /**< Support flag for PCE guided downmix with slightly different \
equations and levels to fulfill ARIB standard. */
#define CAPF_DMX_DVB \
0x00000008 /**< Support flag for guided downmix with data from DVB ancillary \
data fields. */
#define CAPF_DMX_CH_EXP \
0x00000010 /**< Support flag for simple upmixing by dublicating channels or \
adding zero channels. */
#define CAPF_DMX_6_CH \
0x00000020 /**< Support flag for 5.1 channel configuration (input and \
output). */
#define CAPF_DMX_8_CH \
0x00000040 /**< Support flag for 6 and 7.1 channel configurations (input and \
output). */
#define CAPF_DMX_24_CH \
0x00000080 /**< Support flag for 22.2 channel configuration (input and \
output). */
#define CAPF_LIMITER \
0x00002000 /**< Support flag for signal level limiting. \
*/
/* MPEG Surround capability flags */
#define CAPF_MPS_STD \
0x00000001 /**< Support flag for MPEG Surround. */
#define CAPF_MPS_LD \
0x00000002 /**< Support flag for Low Delay MPEG Surround. \
*/
#define CAPF_MPS_USAC \
0x00000004 /**< Support flag for USAC MPEG Surround. */
#define CAPF_MPS_HQ \
0x00000010 /**< Support flag indicating if high quality processing is \
supported */
#define CAPF_MPS_LP \
0x00000020 /**< Support flag indicating if partially complex (low power) \
processing is supported */
#define CAPF_MPS_BLIND \
0x00000040 /**< Support flag indicating if blind processing is supported */
#define CAPF_MPS_BINAURAL \
0x00000080 /**< Support flag indicating if binaural output is possible */
#define CAPF_MPS_2CH_OUT \
0x00000100 /**< Support flag indicating if 2ch output is possible */
#define CAPF_MPS_6CH_OUT \
0x00000200 /**< Support flag indicating if 6ch output is possible */
#define CAPF_MPS_8CH_OUT \
0x00000400 /**< Support flag indicating if 8ch output is possible */
#define CAPF_MPS_1CH_IN \
0x00001000 /**< Support flag indicating if 1ch dmx input is possible */
#define CAPF_MPS_2CH_IN \
0x00002000 /**< Support flag indicating if 2ch dmx input is possible */
#define CAPF_MPS_6CH_IN \
0x00004000 /**< Support flag indicating if 5ch dmx input is possible */
/* \endcond */
/*
* ##############################################################################################
* Library versioning
* ##############################################################################################
*/
/**
* Convert each member of version numbers to one single numeric version
* representation.
* \param lev0 1st level of version number.
* \param lev1 2nd level of version number.
* \param lev2 3rd level of version number.
*/
#define LIB_VERSION(lev0, lev1, lev2) \
((lev0 << 24 & 0xff000000) | (lev1 << 16 & 0x00ff0000) | \
(lev2 << 8 & 0x0000ff00))
/**
* Build text string of version.
*/
#define LIB_VERSION_STRING(info) \
FDKsprintf((info)->versionStr, "%d.%d.%d", (((info)->version >> 24) & 0xff), \
(((info)->version >> 16) & 0xff), \
(((info)->version >> 8) & 0xff))
/**
* Library information.
*/
typedef struct LIB_INFO {
const char* title;
const char* build_date;
const char* build_time;
FDK_MODULE_ID module_id;
INT version;
UINT flags;
char versionStr[32];
} LIB_INFO;
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FDK_AUDIO_INLINE inline
#else
#define FDK_AUDIO_INLINE
#endif
/** Initialize library info. */
static FDK_AUDIO_INLINE void FDKinitLibInfo(LIB_INFO* info) {
int i;
for (i = 0; i < FDK_MODULE_LAST; i++) {
info[i].module_id = FDK_NONE;
}
}
/** Aquire supported features of library. */
static FDK_AUDIO_INLINE UINT
FDKlibInfo_getCapabilities(const LIB_INFO* info, FDK_MODULE_ID module_id) {
int i;
for (i = 0; i < FDK_MODULE_LAST; i++) {
if (info[i].module_id == module_id) {
return info[i].flags;
}
}
return 0;
}
/** Search for next free tab. */
static FDK_AUDIO_INLINE INT FDKlibInfo_lookup(const LIB_INFO* info,
FDK_MODULE_ID module_id) {
int i = -1;
for (i = 0; i < FDK_MODULE_LAST; i++) {
if (info[i].module_id == module_id) return -1;
if (info[i].module_id == FDK_NONE) break;
}
if (i == FDK_MODULE_LAST) return -1;
return i;
}
/*
* ##############################################################################################
* Buffer description
* ##############################################################################################
*/
/**
* I/O buffer descriptor.
*/
typedef struct FDK_bufDescr {
void** ppBase; /*!< Pointer to an array containing buffer base addresses.
Set to NULL for buffer requirement info. */
UINT* pBufSize; /*!< Pointer to an array containing the number of elements
that can be placed in the specific buffer. */
UINT* pEleSize; /*!< Pointer to an array containing the element size for each
buffer in bytes. That is mostly the number returned by the
sizeof() operator for the data type used for the specific
buffer. */
UINT*
pBufType; /*!< Pointer to an array of bit fields containing a description
for each buffer. See XXX below for more details. */
UINT numBufs; /*!< Total number of buffers. */
} FDK_bufDescr;
/**
* Buffer type description field.
*/
#define FDK_BUF_TYPE_MASK_IO ((UINT)0x03 << 30)
#define FDK_BUF_TYPE_MASK_DESCR ((UINT)0x3F << 16)
#define FDK_BUF_TYPE_MASK_ID ((UINT)0xFF)
#define FDK_BUF_TYPE_INPUT ((UINT)0x1 << 30)
#define FDK_BUF_TYPE_OUTPUT ((UINT)0x2 << 30)
#define FDK_BUF_TYPE_PCM_DATA ((UINT)0x1 << 16)
#define FDK_BUF_TYPE_ANC_DATA ((UINT)0x2 << 16)
#define FDK_BUF_TYPE_BS_DATA ((UINT)0x4 << 16)
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* FDK_AUDIO_H */

1083
fdk-aac/include/fdk-aac/aacdecoder_lib.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1709
fdk-aac/include/fdk-aac/aacenc_lib.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

584
fdk-aac/include/fdk-aac/genericStds.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,584 @@
/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Software License for The Fraunhofer FDK AAC Codec Library for Android
© Copyright 1995 - 2018 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten
Forschung e.V. All rights reserved.
1. INTRODUCTION
The Fraunhofer FDK AAC Codec Library for Android ("FDK AAC Codec") is software
that implements the MPEG Advanced Audio Coding ("AAC") encoding and decoding
scheme for digital audio. This FDK AAC Codec software is intended to be used on
a wide variety of Android devices.
AAC's HE-AAC and HE-AAC v2 versions are regarded as today's most efficient
general perceptual audio codecs. AAC-ELD is considered the best-performing
full-bandwidth communications codec by independent studies and is widely
deployed. AAC has been standardized by ISO and IEC as part of the MPEG
specifications.
Patent licenses for necessary patent claims for the FDK AAC Codec (including
those of Fraunhofer) may be obtained through Via Licensing
(www.vialicensing.com) or through the respective patent owners individually for
the purpose of encoding or decoding bit streams in products that are compliant
with the ISO/IEC MPEG audio standards. Please note that most manufacturers of
Android devices already license these patent claims through Via Licensing or
directly from the patent owners, and therefore FDK AAC Codec software may
already be covered under those patent licenses when it is used for those
licensed purposes only.
Commercially-licensed AAC software libraries, including floating-point versions
with enhanced sound quality, are also available from Fraunhofer. Users are
encouraged to check the Fraunhofer website for additional applications
information and documentation.
2. COPYRIGHT LICENSE
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
are permitted without payment of copyright license fees provided that you
satisfy the following conditions:
You must retain the complete text of this software license in redistributions of
the FDK AAC Codec or your modifications thereto in source code form.
You must retain the complete text of this software license in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with redistributions of the FDK AAC Codec or
your modifications thereto in binary form. You must make available free of
charge copies of the complete source code of the FDK AAC Codec and your
modifications thereto to recipients of copies in binary form.
The name of Fraunhofer may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
from this library without prior written permission.
You may not charge copyright license fees for anyone to use, copy or distribute
the FDK AAC Codec software or your modifications thereto.
Your modified versions of the FDK AAC Codec must carry prominent notices stating
that you changed the software and the date of any change. For modified versions
of the FDK AAC Codec, the term "Fraunhofer FDK AAC Codec Library for Android"
must be replaced by the term "Third-Party Modified Version of the Fraunhofer FDK
AAC Codec Library for Android."
3. NO PATENT LICENSE
NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED LICENSES TO ANY PATENT CLAIMS, including without
limitation the patents of Fraunhofer, ARE GRANTED BY THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE.
Fraunhofer provides no warranty of patent non-infringement with respect to this
software.
You may use this FDK AAC Codec software or modifications thereto only for
purposes that are authorized by appropriate patent licenses.
4. DISCLAIMER
This FDK AAC Codec software is provided by Fraunhofer on behalf of the copyright
holders and contributors "AS IS" and WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and
fitness for a particular purpose. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary,
or consequential damages, including but not limited to procurement of substitute
goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits, or business interruption,
however caused and on any theory of liability, whether in contract, strict
liability, or tort (including negligence), arising in any way out of the use of
this software, even if advised of the possibility of such damage.
5. CONTACT INFORMATION
Fraunhofer Institute for Integrated Circuits IIS
Attention: Audio and Multimedia Departments - FDK AAC LL
Am Wolfsmantel 33
91058 Erlangen, Germany
www.iis.fraunhofer.de/amm
amm-info@iis.fraunhofer.de
----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/************************* System integration library **************************
Author(s):
Description:
*******************************************************************************/
/** \file genericStds.h
\brief Generic Run-Time Support function wrappers and heap allocation
monitoring.
*/
#if !defined(GENERICSTDS_H)
#define GENERICSTDS_H
#include "machine_type.h"
#ifndef M_PI
#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /*!< Pi. Only used in example projects. */
#endif
/**
* Identifiers for various memory locations. They are used along with memory
* allocation functions like FDKcalloc_L() to specify the requested memory's
* location.
*/
typedef enum {
/* Internal */
SECT_DATA_L1 = 0x2000,
SECT_DATA_L2,
SECT_DATA_L1_A,
SECT_DATA_L1_B,
SECT_CONSTDATA_L1,
/* External */
SECT_DATA_EXTERN = 0x4000,
SECT_CONSTDATA_EXTERN
} MEMORY_SECTION;
/*! \addtogroup SYSLIB_MEMORY_MACROS FDK memory macros
*
* The \c H_ prefix indicates that the macro is to be used in a header file, the
* \c C_ prefix indicates that the macro is to be used in a source file.
*
* Declaring memory areas requires to specify a unique name and a data type.
*
* For defining a memory area you require additionally one or two sizes,
* depending if the memory should be organized into one or two dimensions.
*
* The macros containing the keyword \c AALLOC instead of \c ALLOC additionally
* take care of returning aligned memory addresses (beyond the natural alignment
* of its type). The preprocesor macro
* ::ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT indicates the aligment to be used (this is hardware
* specific).
*
* The \c _L suffix indicates that the memory will be located in a specific
* section. This is useful to allocate critical memory section into fast
* internal SRAM for example.
*
* @{
*/
/** See \ref SYSLIB_MEMORY_MACROS for description. */
#define H_ALLOC_MEM(name, type) \
type *Get##name(int n = 0); \
void Free##name(type **p); \
UINT GetRequiredMem##name(void);
/** See \ref SYSLIB_MEMORY_MACROS for description. */
#define H_ALLOC_MEM_OVERLAY(name, type) \
type *Get##name(int n = 0); \
void Free##name(type **p); \
UINT GetRequiredMem##name(void);
/** See \ref SYSLIB_MEMORY_MACROS for description. */
#define C_ALLOC_MEM(name, type, num) \
type *Get##name(int n) { \
FDK_ASSERT((n) == 0); \
return ((type *)FDKcalloc(num, sizeof(type))); \
} \
void Free##name(type **p) { \
if (p != NULL) { \
FDKfree(*p); \
*p = NULL; \
} \
} \
UINT GetRequiredMem##name(void) { \
return ALGN_SIZE_EXTRES((num) * sizeof(type)); \
}
/** See \ref SYSLIB_MEMORY_MACROS for description. */
#define C_ALLOC_MEM2(name, type, n1, n2) \
type *Get##name(int n) { \
FDK_ASSERT((n) < (n2)); \
return ((type *)FDKcalloc(n1, sizeof(type))); \
} \
void Free##name(type **p) { \
if (p != NULL) { \
FDKfree(*p); \
*p = NULL; \
} \
} \
UINT GetRequiredMem##name(void) { \
return ALGN_SIZE_EXTRES((n1) * sizeof(type)) * (n2); \
}
/** See \ref SYSLIB_MEMORY_MACROS for description. */
#define C_AALLOC_MEM(name, type, num) \
type *Get##name(int n) { \
type *ap; \
FDK_ASSERT((n) == 0); \
ap = ((type *)FDKaalloc((num) * sizeof(type), ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT)); \
return ap; \
} \
void Free##name(type **p) { \
if (p != NULL) { \
FDKafree(*p); \
*p = NULL; \
} \
} \
UINT GetRequiredMem##name(void) { \
return ALGN_SIZE_EXTRES((num) * sizeof(type) + ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT + \
sizeof(void *)); \
}
/** See \ref SYSLIB_MEMORY_MACROS for description. */
#define C_AALLOC_MEM2(name, type, n1, n2) \
type *Get##name(int n) { \
type *ap; \
FDK_ASSERT((n) < (n2)); \
ap = ((type *)FDKaalloc((n1) * sizeof(type), ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT)); \
return ap; \
} \
void Free##name(type **p) { \
if (p != NULL) { \
FDKafree(*p); \
*p = NULL; \
} \
} \
UINT GetRequiredMem##name(void) { \
return ALGN_SIZE_EXTRES((n1) * sizeof(type) + ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT + \
sizeof(void *)) * \
(n2); \
}
/** See \ref SYSLIB_MEMORY_MACROS for description. */
#define C_ALLOC_MEM_L(name, type, num, s) \
type *Get##name(int n) { \
FDK_ASSERT((n) == 0); \
return ((type *)FDKcalloc_L(num, sizeof(type), s)); \
} \
void Free##name(type **p) { \
if (p != NULL) { \
FDKfree_L(*p); \
*p = NULL; \
} \
} \
UINT GetRequiredMem##name(void) { \
return ALGN_SIZE_EXTRES((num) * sizeof(type)); \
}
/** See \ref SYSLIB_MEMORY_MACROS for description. */
#define C_ALLOC_MEM2_L(name, type, n1, n2, s) \
type *Get##name(int n) { \
FDK_ASSERT((n) < (n2)); \
return (type *)FDKcalloc_L(n1, sizeof(type), s); \
} \
void Free##name(type **p) { \
if (p != NULL) { \
FDKfree_L(*p); \
*p = NULL; \
} \
} \
UINT GetRequiredMem##name(void) { \
return ALGN_SIZE_EXTRES((n1) * sizeof(type)) * (n2); \
}
/** See \ref SYSLIB_MEMORY_MACROS for description. */
#define C_AALLOC_MEM_L(name, type, num, s) \
type *Get##name(int n) { \
type *ap; \
FDK_ASSERT((n) == 0); \
ap = ((type *)FDKaalloc_L((num) * sizeof(type), ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT, s)); \
return ap; \
} \
void Free##name(type **p) { \
if (p != NULL) { \
FDKafree_L(*p); \
*p = NULL; \
} \
} \
UINT GetRequiredMem##name(void) { \
return ALGN_SIZE_EXTRES((num) * sizeof(type) + ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT + \
sizeof(void *)); \
}
/** See \ref SYSLIB_MEMORY_MACROS for description. */
#define C_AALLOC_MEM2_L(name, type, n1, n2, s) \
type *Get##name(int n) { \
type *ap; \
FDK_ASSERT((n) < (n2)); \
ap = ((type *)FDKaalloc_L((n1) * sizeof(type), ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT, s)); \
return ap; \
} \
void Free##name(type **p) { \
if (p != NULL) { \
FDKafree_L(*p); \
*p = NULL; \
} \
} \
UINT GetRequiredMem##name(void) { \
return ALGN_SIZE_EXTRES((n1) * sizeof(type) + ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT + \
sizeof(void *)) * \
(n2); \
}
/** See \ref SYSLIB_MEMORY_MACROS for description. */
#define C_ALLOC_MEM_OVERLAY(name, type, num, sect, tag) \
C_AALLOC_MEM_L(name, type, num, sect)
/** See \ref SYSLIB_MEMORY_MACROS for description. */
#define C_AALLOC_SCRATCH_START(name, type, n) \
type _##name[(n) + (ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT + sizeof(type) - 1)]; \
type *name = (type *)ALIGN_PTR(_##name); \
C_ALLOC_ALIGNED_REGISTER(name, (n) * sizeof(type));
/** See \ref SYSLIB_MEMORY_MACROS for description. */
#define C_ALLOC_SCRATCH_START(name, type, n) type name[n];
/** See \ref SYSLIB_MEMORY_MACROS for description. */
#define C_AALLOC_SCRATCH_END(name, type, n) C_ALLOC_ALIGNED_UNREGISTER(name);
/** See \ref SYSLIB_MEMORY_MACROS for description. */
#define C_ALLOC_SCRATCH_END(name, type, n)
/** See \ref SYSLIB_MEMORY_MACROS for description. */
#define C_AALLOC_STACK_START(name, type, n) \
type _##name[(n) + (ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT + sizeof(type) - 1)]; \
type *name = (type *)ALIGN_PTR(_##name); \
C_ALLOC_ALIGNED_REGISTER(name, (n) * sizeof(type));
/** See \ref SYSLIB_MEMORY_MACROS for description. */
#define C_AALLOC_STACK_END(name, type, n) C_ALLOC_ALIGNED_UNREGISTER(name);
/*! @} */
#define C_ALLOC_ALIGNED_REGISTER(x, size)
#define C_ALLOC_ALIGNED_UNREGISTER(x)
#define C_ALLOC_ALIGNED_CHECK(x)
#define C_ALLOC_ALIGNED_CHECK2(x, y)
#define FDK_showBacktrace(a, b)
/*! \addtogroup SYSLIB_EXITCODES Unified exit codes
* Exit codes to be used as return values of FDK software test and
* demonstration applications. Not as return values of product modules and/or
* libraries.
* @{
*/
#define FDK_EXITCODE_OK 0 /*!< Successful termination. No errors. */
#define FDK_EXITCODE_USAGE \
64 /*!< The command/application was used incorrectly, e.g. with the wrong \
number of arguments, a bad flag, a bad syntax in a parameter, or \
whatever. */
#define FDK_EXITCODE_DATAERROR \
65 /*!< The input data was incorrect in some way. This should only be used \
for user data and not system files. */
#define FDK_EXITCODE_NOINPUT \
66 /*!< An input file (not a system file) did not exist or was not readable. \
*/
#define FDK_EXITCODE_UNAVAILABLE \
69 /*!< A service is unavailable. This can occur if a support program or \
file does not exist. This can also be used as a catchall message when \
something you wanted to do doesn't work, but you don't know why. */
#define FDK_EXITCODE_SOFTWARE \
70 /*!< An internal software error has been detected. This should be limited \
to non- operating system related errors as possible. */
#define FDK_EXITCODE_CANTCREATE \
73 /*!< A (user specified) output file cannot be created. */
#define FDK_EXITCODE_IOERROR \
74 /*!< An error occurred while doing I/O on some file. */
/*! @} */
/*--------------------------------------------
* Runtime support declarations
*---------------------------------------------*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
void FDKprintf(const char *szFmt, ...);
void FDKprintfErr(const char *szFmt, ...);
/** Wrapper for <stdio.h>'s getchar(). */
int FDKgetchar(void);
INT FDKfprintf(void *stream, const char *format, ...);
INT FDKsprintf(char *str, const char *format, ...);
char *FDKstrchr(char *s, INT c);
const char *FDKstrstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
char *FDKstrcpy(char *dest, const char *src);
char *FDKstrncpy(char *dest, const char *src, const UINT n);
#define FDK_MAX_OVERLAYS 8 /**< Maximum number of memory overlays. */
void *FDKcalloc(const UINT n, const UINT size);
void *FDKmalloc(const UINT size);
void FDKfree(void *ptr);
/**
* Allocate and clear an aligned memory area. Use FDKafree() instead of
* FDKfree() for these memory areas.
*
* \param size Size of requested memory in bytes.
* \param alignment Alignment of requested memory in bytes.
* \return Pointer to allocated memory.
*/
void *FDKaalloc(const UINT size, const UINT alignment);
/**
* Free an aligned memory area.
*
* \param ptr Pointer to be freed.
*/
void FDKafree(void *ptr);
/**
* Allocate memory in a specific memory section.
* Requests can be made for internal or external memory. If internal memory is
* requested, FDKcalloc_L() first tries to use L1 memory, which sizes are
* defined by ::DATA_L1_A_SIZE and ::DATA_L1_B_SIZE. If no L1 memory is
* available, then FDKcalloc_L() tries to use L2 memory. If that fails as well,
* the requested memory is allocated at an extern location using the fallback
* FDKcalloc().
*
* \param n See MSDN documentation on calloc().
* \param size See MSDN documentation on calloc().
* \param s Memory section.
* \return See MSDN documentation on calloc().
*/
void *FDKcalloc_L(const UINT n, const UINT size, MEMORY_SECTION s);
/**
* Allocate aligned memory in a specific memory section.
* See FDKcalloc_L() description for details - same applies here.
*/
void *FDKaalloc_L(const UINT size, const UINT alignment, MEMORY_SECTION s);
/**
* Free memory that was allocated in a specific memory section.
*/
void FDKfree_L(void *ptr);
/**
* Free aligned memory that was allocated in a specific memory section.
*/
void FDKafree_L(void *ptr);
/**
* Copy memory. Source and destination memory must not overlap.
* Either use implementation from a Standard Library, or, if no Standard Library
* is available, a generic implementation.
* The define ::USE_BUILTIN_MEM_FUNCTIONS in genericStds.cpp controls what to
* use. The function arguments correspond to the standard memcpy(). Please see
* MSDN documentation for details on how to use it.
*/
void FDKmemcpy(void *dst, const void *src, const UINT size);
/**
* Copy memory. Source and destination memory are allowed to overlap.
* Either use implementation from a Standard Library, or, if no Standard Library
* is available, a generic implementation.
* The define ::USE_BUILTIN_MEM_FUNCTIONS in genericStds.cpp controls what to
* use. The function arguments correspond to the standard memmove(). Please see
* MSDN documentation for details on how to use it.
*/
void FDKmemmove(void *dst, const void *src, const UINT size);
/**
* Clear memory.
* Either use implementation from a Standard Library, or, if no Standard Library
* is available, a generic implementation.
* The define ::USE_BUILTIN_MEM_FUNCTIONS in genericStds.cpp controls what to
* use. The function arguments correspond to the standard memclear(). Please see
* MSDN documentation for details on how to use it.
*/
void FDKmemclear(void *memPtr, const UINT size);
/**
* Fill memory with values.
* The function arguments correspond to the standard memset(). Please see MSDN
* documentation for details on how to use it.
*/
void FDKmemset(void *memPtr, const INT value, const UINT size);
/* Compare function wrappers */
INT FDKmemcmp(const void *s1, const void *s2, const UINT size);
INT FDKstrcmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
INT FDKstrncmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, const UINT size);
UINT FDKstrlen(const char *s);
#define FDKmax(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define FDKmin(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define FDK_INT_MAX ((INT)0x7FFFFFFF)
#define FDK_INT_MIN ((INT)0x80000000)
/* FILE I/O */
/*!
* Check platform for endianess.
*
* \return 1 if platform is little endian, non-1 if platform is big endian.
*/
int IS_LITTLE_ENDIAN(void);
/*!
* Convert input value to little endian format.
*
* \param val Value to be converted. It may be in both big or little endian.
* \return Value in little endian format.
*/
UINT TO_LITTLE_ENDIAN(UINT val);
/*!
* \fn FDKFILE *FDKfopen(const char *filename, const char *mode);
* Standard fopen() wrapper.
* \fn INT FDKfclose(FDKFILE *FP);
* Standard fclose() wrapper.
* \fn INT FDKfseek(FDKFILE *FP, LONG OFFSET, int WHENCE);
* Standard fseek() wrapper.
* \fn INT FDKftell(FDKFILE *FP);
* Standard ftell() wrapper.
* \fn INT FDKfflush(FDKFILE *fp);
* Standard fflush() wrapper.
* \fn UINT FDKfwrite(const void *ptrf, INT size, UINT nmemb, FDKFILE *fp);
* Standard fwrite() wrapper.
* \fn UINT FDKfread(void *dst, INT size, UINT nmemb, FDKFILE *fp);
* Standard fread() wrapper.
*/
typedef void FDKFILE;
extern const INT FDKSEEK_SET, FDKSEEK_CUR, FDKSEEK_END;
FDKFILE *FDKfopen(const char *filename, const char *mode);
INT FDKfclose(FDKFILE *FP);
INT FDKfseek(FDKFILE *FP, LONG OFFSET, int WHENCE);
INT FDKftell(FDKFILE *FP);
INT FDKfflush(FDKFILE *fp);
UINT FDKfwrite(const void *ptrf, INT size, UINT nmemb, FDKFILE *fp);
UINT FDKfread(void *dst, INT size, UINT nmemb, FDKFILE *fp);
char *FDKfgets(void *dst, INT size, FDKFILE *fp);
void FDKrewind(FDKFILE *fp);
INT FDKfeof(FDKFILE *fp);
/**
* \brief Write each member in little endian order. Convert automatically
* to host endianess.
* \param ptrf Pointer to memory where to read data from.
* \param size Size of each item to be written.
* \param nmemb Number of items to be written.
* \param fp File pointer of type FDKFILE.
* \return Number of items read on success and fread() error on failure.
*/
UINT FDKfwrite_EL(const void *ptrf, INT size, UINT nmemb, FDKFILE *fp);
/**
* \brief Read variable of size "size" as little endian. Convert
* automatically to host endianess. 4-byte alignment is enforced for 24 bit
* data, at 32 bit full scale.
* \param dst Pointer to memory where to store data into.
* \param size Size of each item to be read.
* \param nmemb Number of items to be read.
* \param fp File pointer of type FDKFILE.
* \return Number of items read on success and fread() error on failure.
*/
UINT FDKfread_EL(void *dst, INT size, UINT nmemb, FDKFILE *fp);
/**
* \brief Print FDK software disclaimer.
*/
void FDKprintDisclaimer(void);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* GENERICSTDS_H */

411
fdk-aac/include/fdk-aac/machine_type.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Software License for The Fraunhofer FDK AAC Codec Library for Android
© Copyright 1995 - 2018 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten
Forschung e.V. All rights reserved.
1. INTRODUCTION
The Fraunhofer FDK AAC Codec Library for Android ("FDK AAC Codec") is software
that implements the MPEG Advanced Audio Coding ("AAC") encoding and decoding
scheme for digital audio. This FDK AAC Codec software is intended to be used on
a wide variety of Android devices.
AAC's HE-AAC and HE-AAC v2 versions are regarded as today's most efficient
general perceptual audio codecs. AAC-ELD is considered the best-performing
full-bandwidth communications codec by independent studies and is widely
deployed. AAC has been standardized by ISO and IEC as part of the MPEG
specifications.
Patent licenses for necessary patent claims for the FDK AAC Codec (including
those of Fraunhofer) may be obtained through Via Licensing
(www.vialicensing.com) or through the respective patent owners individually for
the purpose of encoding or decoding bit streams in products that are compliant
with the ISO/IEC MPEG audio standards. Please note that most manufacturers of
Android devices already license these patent claims through Via Licensing or
directly from the patent owners, and therefore FDK AAC Codec software may
already be covered under those patent licenses when it is used for those
licensed purposes only.
Commercially-licensed AAC software libraries, including floating-point versions
with enhanced sound quality, are also available from Fraunhofer. Users are
encouraged to check the Fraunhofer website for additional applications
information and documentation.
2. COPYRIGHT LICENSE
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
are permitted without payment of copyright license fees provided that you
satisfy the following conditions:
You must retain the complete text of this software license in redistributions of
the FDK AAC Codec or your modifications thereto in source code form.
You must retain the complete text of this software license in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with redistributions of the FDK AAC Codec or
your modifications thereto in binary form. You must make available free of
charge copies of the complete source code of the FDK AAC Codec and your
modifications thereto to recipients of copies in binary form.
The name of Fraunhofer may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
from this library without prior written permission.
You may not charge copyright license fees for anyone to use, copy or distribute
the FDK AAC Codec software or your modifications thereto.
Your modified versions of the FDK AAC Codec must carry prominent notices stating
that you changed the software and the date of any change. For modified versions
of the FDK AAC Codec, the term "Fraunhofer FDK AAC Codec Library for Android"
must be replaced by the term "Third-Party Modified Version of the Fraunhofer FDK
AAC Codec Library for Android."
3. NO PATENT LICENSE
NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED LICENSES TO ANY PATENT CLAIMS, including without
limitation the patents of Fraunhofer, ARE GRANTED BY THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE.
Fraunhofer provides no warranty of patent non-infringement with respect to this
software.
You may use this FDK AAC Codec software or modifications thereto only for
purposes that are authorized by appropriate patent licenses.
4. DISCLAIMER
This FDK AAC Codec software is provided by Fraunhofer on behalf of the copyright
holders and contributors "AS IS" and WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and
fitness for a particular purpose. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary,
or consequential damages, including but not limited to procurement of substitute
goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits, or business interruption,
however caused and on any theory of liability, whether in contract, strict
liability, or tort (including negligence), arising in any way out of the use of
this software, even if advised of the possibility of such damage.
5. CONTACT INFORMATION
Fraunhofer Institute for Integrated Circuits IIS
Attention: Audio and Multimedia Departments - FDK AAC LL
Am Wolfsmantel 33
91058 Erlangen, Germany
www.iis.fraunhofer.de/amm
amm-info@iis.fraunhofer.de
----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/************************* System integration library **************************
Author(s):
Description:
*******************************************************************************/
/** \file machine_type.h
* \brief Type defines for various processors and compiler tools.
*/
#if !defined(MACHINE_TYPE_H)
#define MACHINE_TYPE_H
#include <stddef.h> /* Needed to define size_t */
#if defined(__ANDROID__) && (__GNUC__ == 4) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ == 4) && \
(__GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ == 1)
typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
/* Library calling convention spec. __cdecl and friends might be added here as
* required. */
#define LINKSPEC_H
#define LINKSPEC_CPP
/* for doxygen the following docu parts must be separated */
/** \var SCHAR
* Data type representing at least 1 byte signed integer on all supported
* platforms.
*/
/** \var UCHAR
* Data type representing at least 1 byte unsigned integer on all
* supported platforms.
*/
/** \var INT
* Data type representing at least 4 byte signed integer on all supported
* platforms.
*/
/** \var UINT
* Data type representing at least 4 byte unsigned integer on all
* supported platforms.
*/
/** \var LONG
* Data type representing 4 byte signed integer on all supported
* platforms.
*/
/** \var ULONG
* Data type representing 4 byte unsigned integer on all supported
* platforms.
*/
/** \var SHORT
* Data type representing 2 byte signed integer on all supported
* platforms.
*/
/** \var USHORT
* Data type representing 2 byte unsigned integer on all supported
* platforms.
*/
/** \var INT64
* Data type representing 8 byte signed integer on all supported
* platforms.
*/
/** \var UINT64
* Data type representing 8 byte unsigned integer on all supported
* platforms.
*/
/** \def SHORT_BITS
* Number of bits the data type short represents. sizeof() is not suited
* to get this info, because a byte is not always defined as 8 bits.
*/
/** \def CHAR_BITS
* Number of bits the data type char represents. sizeof() is not suited
* to get this info, because a byte is not always defined as 8 bits.
*/
/** \var INT_PCM
* Data type representing the width of input and output PCM samples.
*/
typedef signed int INT;
typedef unsigned int UINT;
#ifdef __LP64__
/* force FDK long-datatypes to 4 byte */
/* Use defines to avoid type alias problems on 64 bit machines. */
#define LONG INT
#define ULONG UINT
#else /* __LP64__ */
typedef signed long LONG;
typedef unsigned long ULONG;
#endif /* __LP64__ */
typedef signed short SHORT;
typedef unsigned short USHORT;
typedef signed char SCHAR;
typedef unsigned char UCHAR;
#define SHORT_BITS 16
#define CHAR_BITS 8
/* Define 64 bit base integer type. */
#ifdef _MSC_VER
typedef __int64 INT64;
typedef unsigned __int64 UINT64;
#else
typedef long long INT64;
typedef unsigned long long UINT64;
#endif
#ifndef NULL
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define NULL 0
#else
#define NULL ((void *)0)
#endif
#endif
#if ((defined(__i686__) || defined(__i586__) || defined(__i386__) || \
defined(__x86_64__)) || \
(defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(_M_IX86) || defined(_M_X64)))) && \
!defined(FDK_ASSERT_ENABLE)
#define FDK_ASSERT_ENABLE
#endif
#if defined(FDK_ASSERT_ENABLE)
#include <assert.h>
#define FDK_ASSERT(x) assert(x)
#else
#define FDK_ASSERT(ignore)
#endif
typedef SHORT INT_PCM;
#define MAXVAL_PCM MAXVAL_SGL
#define MINVAL_PCM MINVAL_SGL
#define WAV_BITS 16
#define SAMPLE_BITS 16
#define SAMPLE_MAX ((INT_PCM)(((ULONG)1 << (SAMPLE_BITS - 1)) - 1))
#define SAMPLE_MIN (~SAMPLE_MAX)
/*!
* \def RAM_ALIGN
* Used to align memory as prefix before memory declaration. For example:
\code
RAM_ALIGN
int myArray[16];
\endcode
Note, that not all platforms support this mechanism. For example with TI
compilers a preprocessor pragma is used, but to do something like
\code
#define RAM_ALIGN #pragma DATA_ALIGN(x)
\endcode
would require the preprocessor to process this line twice to fully resolve
it. Hence, a fully platform-independant way to use alignment is not supported.
* \def ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT
* Default alignment in bytes.
*/
#define ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT 8
/* RAM_ALIGN keyword causes memory alignment of global variables. */
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#define RAM_ALIGN __declspec(align(ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT))
#elif defined(__GNUC__)
#define RAM_ALIGN __attribute__((aligned(ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT)))
#else
#define RAM_ALIGN
#endif
/*!
* \def RESTRICT
* The restrict keyword is supported by some platforms and RESTRICT maps
* to either the corresponding keyword on each platform or to void if the
* compiler does not provide such feature. It tells the compiler that a
* pointer points to memory that does not overlap with other memories pointed to
* by other pointers. If this keyword is used and the assumption of no
* overlap is not true the resulting code might crash.
*
* \def WORD_ALIGNED(x)
* Tells the compiler that pointer x is 16 bit aligned. It does not cause
* the address itself to be aligned, but serves as a hint to the optimizer. The
* alignment of the pointer must be guarranteed, if not the code might
* crash.
*
* \def DWORD_ALIGNED(x)
* Tells the compiler that pointer x is 32 bit aligned. It does not cause
* the address itself to be aligned, but serves as a hint to the optimizer. The
* alignment of the pointer must be guarranteed, if not the code might
* crash.
*
*/
#define RESTRICT
#define WORD_ALIGNED(x) C_ALLOC_ALIGNED_CHECK2((const void *)(x), 2);
#define DWORD_ALIGNED(x) C_ALLOC_ALIGNED_CHECK2((const void *)(x), 4);
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* ALIGN_SIZE
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*!
* \brief This macro aligns a given value depending on ::ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT.
*
* For example if #ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT equals 8, then:
* - ALIGN_SIZE(3) returns 8
* - ALIGN_SIZE(8) returns 8
* - ALIGN_SIZE(9) returns 16
*/
#define ALIGN_SIZE(a) \
((a) + (((INT)ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT - ((size_t)(a) & (ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT - 1))) & \
(ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT - 1)))
/*!
* \brief This macro aligns a given address depending on ::ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT.
*/
#define ALIGN_PTR(a) \
((void *)((unsigned char *)(a) + \
((((INT)ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT - \
((size_t)(a) & (ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT - 1))) & \
(ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT - 1)))))
/* Alignment macro for libSYS heap implementation */
#define ALIGNMENT_EXTRES (ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT)
#define ALGN_SIZE_EXTRES(a) \
((a) + (((INT)ALIGNMENT_EXTRES - ((INT)(a) & (ALIGNMENT_EXTRES - 1))) & \
(ALIGNMENT_EXTRES - 1)))
/*!
* \def FDK_FORCEINLINE
* Sometimes compiler do not do what they are told to do, and in case of
* inlining some additional command might be necessary depending on the
* platform.
*
* \def FDK_INLINE
* Defines how the compiler is told to inline stuff.
*/
#ifndef FDK_FORCEINLINE
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__SDE_MIPS__)
#define FDK_FORCEINLINE inline __attribute((always_inline))
#else
#define FDK_FORCEINLINE inline
#endif
#endif
#define FDK_INLINE static inline
/*!
* \def LNK_SECTION_DATA_L1
* The LNK_SECTION_* defines allow memory to be drawn from specific memory
* sections. Used as prefix before variable declaration.
*
* \def LNK_SECTION_DATA_L2
* See ::LNK_SECTION_DATA_L1
* \def LNK_SECTION_L1_DATA_A
* See ::LNK_SECTION_DATA_L1
* \def LNK_SECTION_L1_DATA_B
* See ::LNK_SECTION_DATA_L1
* \def LNK_SECTION_CONSTDATA_L1
* See ::LNK_SECTION_DATA_L1
* \def LNK_SECTION_CONSTDATA
* See ::LNK_SECTION_DATA_L1
* \def LNK_SECTION_CODE_L1
* See ::LNK_SECTION_DATA_L1
* \def LNK_SECTION_CODE_L2
* See ::LNK_SECTION_DATA_L1
* \def LNK_SECTION_INITCODE
* See ::LNK_SECTION_DATA_L1
*/
/**************************************************
* Code Section macros
**************************************************/
#define LNK_SECTION_CODE_L1
#define LNK_SECTION_CODE_L2
#define LNK_SECTION_INITCODE
/* Memory section macros. */
/* default fall back */
#define LNK_SECTION_DATA_L1
#define LNK_SECTION_DATA_L2
#define LNK_SECTION_CONSTDATA
#define LNK_SECTION_CONSTDATA_L1
#define LNK_SECTION_L1_DATA_A
#define LNK_SECTION_L1_DATA_B
/**************************************************
* Macros regarding static code analysis
**************************************************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
#if !defined(__has_cpp_attribute)
#define __has_cpp_attribute(x) 0
#endif
#if defined(__clang__) && __has_cpp_attribute(clang::fallthrough)
#define FDK_FALLTHROUGH [[clang::fallthrough]]
#endif
#endif
#ifndef FDK_FALLTHROUGH
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ >= 7)
#define FDK_FALLTHROUGH __attribute__((fallthrough))
#else
#define FDK_FALLTHROUGH
#endif
#endif
#ifdef _MSC_VER
/*
* Sometimes certain features are excluded from compilation and therefore the
* warning 4065 may occur: "switch statement contains 'default' but no 'case'
* labels" We consider this warning irrelevant and disable it.
*/
#pragma warning(disable : 4065)
#endif
#endif /* MACHINE_TYPE_H */

202
fdk-aac/include/fdk-aac/syslib_channelMapDescr.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Software License for The Fraunhofer FDK AAC Codec Library for Android
© Copyright 1995 - 2018 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten
Forschung e.V. All rights reserved.
1. INTRODUCTION
The Fraunhofer FDK AAC Codec Library for Android ("FDK AAC Codec") is software
that implements the MPEG Advanced Audio Coding ("AAC") encoding and decoding
scheme for digital audio. This FDK AAC Codec software is intended to be used on
a wide variety of Android devices.
AAC's HE-AAC and HE-AAC v2 versions are regarded as today's most efficient
general perceptual audio codecs. AAC-ELD is considered the best-performing
full-bandwidth communications codec by independent studies and is widely
deployed. AAC has been standardized by ISO and IEC as part of the MPEG
specifications.
Patent licenses for necessary patent claims for the FDK AAC Codec (including
those of Fraunhofer) may be obtained through Via Licensing
(www.vialicensing.com) or through the respective patent owners individually for
the purpose of encoding or decoding bit streams in products that are compliant
with the ISO/IEC MPEG audio standards. Please note that most manufacturers of
Android devices already license these patent claims through Via Licensing or
directly from the patent owners, and therefore FDK AAC Codec software may
already be covered under those patent licenses when it is used for those
licensed purposes only.
Commercially-licensed AAC software libraries, including floating-point versions
with enhanced sound quality, are also available from Fraunhofer. Users are
encouraged to check the Fraunhofer website for additional applications
information and documentation.
2. COPYRIGHT LICENSE
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
are permitted without payment of copyright license fees provided that you
satisfy the following conditions:
You must retain the complete text of this software license in redistributions of
the FDK AAC Codec or your modifications thereto in source code form.
You must retain the complete text of this software license in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with redistributions of the FDK AAC Codec or
your modifications thereto in binary form. You must make available free of
charge copies of the complete source code of the FDK AAC Codec and your
modifications thereto to recipients of copies in binary form.
The name of Fraunhofer may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
from this library without prior written permission.
You may not charge copyright license fees for anyone to use, copy or distribute
the FDK AAC Codec software or your modifications thereto.
Your modified versions of the FDK AAC Codec must carry prominent notices stating
that you changed the software and the date of any change. For modified versions
of the FDK AAC Codec, the term "Fraunhofer FDK AAC Codec Library for Android"
must be replaced by the term "Third-Party Modified Version of the Fraunhofer FDK
AAC Codec Library for Android."
3. NO PATENT LICENSE
NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED LICENSES TO ANY PATENT CLAIMS, including without
limitation the patents of Fraunhofer, ARE GRANTED BY THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE.
Fraunhofer provides no warranty of patent non-infringement with respect to this
software.
You may use this FDK AAC Codec software or modifications thereto only for
purposes that are authorized by appropriate patent licenses.
4. DISCLAIMER
This FDK AAC Codec software is provided by Fraunhofer on behalf of the copyright
holders and contributors "AS IS" and WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and
fitness for a particular purpose. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary,
or consequential damages, including but not limited to procurement of substitute
goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits, or business interruption,
however caused and on any theory of liability, whether in contract, strict
liability, or tort (including negligence), arising in any way out of the use of
this software, even if advised of the possibility of such damage.
5. CONTACT INFORMATION
Fraunhofer Institute for Integrated Circuits IIS
Attention: Audio and Multimedia Departments - FDK AAC LL
Am Wolfsmantel 33
91058 Erlangen, Germany
www.iis.fraunhofer.de/amm
amm-info@iis.fraunhofer.de
----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/************************* System integration library **************************
Author(s): Thomas Dietzen
Description:
*******************************************************************************/
/** \file syslib_channelMapDescr.h
* \brief Function and structure declarations for the channel map descriptor implementation.
*/
#ifndef SYSLIB_CHANNELMAPDESCR_H
#define SYSLIB_CHANNELMAPDESCR_H
#include "machine_type.h"
/**
* \brief Contains information needed for a single channel map.
*/
typedef struct {
const UCHAR*
pChannelMap; /*!< Actual channel mapping for one single configuration. */
UCHAR numChannels; /*!< The number of channels for the channel map which is
the maximum used channel index+1. */
} CHANNEL_MAP_INFO;
/**
* \brief This is the main data struct. It contains the mapping for all
* channel configurations such as administration information.
*
* CAUTION: Do not access this structure directly from a algorithm specific
* library. Always use one of the API access functions below!
*/
typedef struct {
const CHANNEL_MAP_INFO* pMapInfoTab; /*!< Table of channel maps. */
UINT mapInfoTabLen; /*!< Length of the channel map table array. */
UINT fPassThrough; /*!< Flag that defines whether the specified mapping shall
be applied (value: 0) or the input just gets passed
through (MPEG mapping). */
} FDK_channelMapDescr;
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Initialize a given channel map descriptor.
*
* \param pMapDescr Pointer to a channel map descriptor to be initialized.
* \param pMapInfoTab Table of channel maps to initizalize the descriptor
with.
* If a NULL pointer is given a default table for
WAV-like mapping will be used.
* \param mapInfoTabLen Length of the channel map table array (pMapInfoTab).
If a zero length is given a default table for WAV-like mapping will be used.
* \param fPassThrough If the flag is set the reordering (given by
pMapInfoTab) will be bypassed.
*/
void FDK_chMapDescr_init(FDK_channelMapDescr* const pMapDescr,
const CHANNEL_MAP_INFO* const pMapInfoTab,
const UINT mapInfoTabLen, const UINT fPassThrough);
/**
* \brief Change the channel reordering state of a given channel map
* descriptor.
*
* \param pMapDescr Pointer to a (initialized) channel map descriptor.
* \param fPassThrough If the flag is set the reordering (given by
* pMapInfoTab) will be bypassed.
* \return Value unequal to zero if set operation was not
* successful. And zero on success.
*/
int FDK_chMapDescr_setPassThrough(FDK_channelMapDescr* const pMapDescr,
UINT fPassThrough);
/**
* \brief Get the mapping value for a specific channel and map index.
*
* \param pMapDescr Pointer to channel map descriptor.
* \param chIdx Channel index.
* \param mapIdx Mapping index (corresponding to the channel configuration
* index).
* \return Mapping value.
*/
UCHAR FDK_chMapDescr_getMapValue(const FDK_channelMapDescr* const pMapDescr,
const UCHAR chIdx, const UINT mapIdx);
/**
* \brief Evaluate whether channel map descriptor is reasonable or not.
*
* \param pMapDescr Pointer to channel map descriptor.
* \return Value unequal to zero if descriptor is valid, otherwise
* zero.
*/
int FDK_chMapDescr_isValid(const FDK_channelMapDescr* const pMapDescr);
/**
* Extra variables for setting up Wg4 channel mapping.
*/
extern const CHANNEL_MAP_INFO FDK_mapInfoTabWg4[];
extern const UINT FDK_mapInfoTabLenWg4;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !defined(SYSLIB_CHANNELMAPDESCR_H) */

0
LICENSE → ffmpeg/COPYING.GPLv2
View File

674
ffmpeg/COPYING.GPLv3 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

502
ffmpeg/COPYING.LGPLv2.1 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2.1, February 1999
Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
the version number 2.1.]
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
introduced by others.
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
libraries into non-free programs.
When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
the library.
We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
special circumstances.
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
system.
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
that program using a modified version of the Library.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
be combined with the library in order to run.
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
Each licensee is addressed as "you".
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
included without limitation in the term "modification".)
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
and installation of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
and what the program that uses the Library does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
Library.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
in the event an application does not supply such function or
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
its purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
application-supplied function or table used by this function must
be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
root function must still compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Library.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
these notices.
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
the Library into a program that is not a library.
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
medium customarily used for software interchange.
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
Library will still fall under Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
engineering for debugging such modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
of these things:
a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
to use the modified definitions.)
b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
least three years, to give the same user the materials
specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
than the cost of performing this distribution.
d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
specified materials from the same place.
e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
the executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
distribute.
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
Sections above.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Library or works based on it.
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
this License.
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
written in the body of this License.
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
the Free Software Foundation.
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
ordinary General Public License).
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
Ty Coon, President of Vice
That's all there is to it!

165
ffmpeg/COPYING.LGPLv3 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates
the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public
License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
0. Additional Definitions.
As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser
General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU
General Public License.
"The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,
other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.
An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided
by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.
Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
of using an interface provided by the Library.
A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an
Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library
with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked
Version".
The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the
Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code
for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are
based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the
object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data
and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the
Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License
without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.
2. Conveying Modified Versions.
If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a
facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application
that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the
facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified
version:
a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to
ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the
function or data, the facility still operates, and performs
whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or
b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of
this License applicable to that copy.
3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from
a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object
code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure
layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates
(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
covered by this License.
b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
document.
4. Combined Works.
You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,
taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the
portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of
the following:
a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that
the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
covered by this License.
b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
document.
c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during
execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among
these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the
copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.
d) Do one of the following:
0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this
License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form
suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to
recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of
the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying
Corresponding Source.
1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time
a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer
system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version
of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
Version.
e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise
be required to provide such information under section 6 of the
GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is
necessary to install and execute a modified version of the
Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the
Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If
you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany
the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application
Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation
Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
for conveying Corresponding Source.)
5. Combined Libraries.
You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
Library side by side in a single library together with other library
facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this
License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your
choice, if you do both of the following:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based
on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,
conveyed under the terms of this License.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it
is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the
accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version
of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"
applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that published version or of any later version
published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you
received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser
General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser
General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide
whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall
apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the
Library.

129
ffmpeg/LICENSE.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
# License
Most files in FFmpeg are under the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1
or later (LGPL v2.1+). Read the file `COPYING.LGPLv2.1` for details. Some other
files have MIT/X11/BSD-style licenses. In combination the LGPL v2.1+ applies to
FFmpeg.
Some optional parts of FFmpeg are licensed under the GNU General Public License
version 2 or later (GPL v2+). See the file `COPYING.GPLv2` for details. None of
these parts are used by default, you have to explicitly pass `--enable-gpl` to
configure to activate them. In this case, FFmpeg's license changes to GPL v2+.
Specifically, the GPL parts of FFmpeg are:
- libpostproc
- optional x86 optimization in the files
- `libavcodec/x86/flac_dsp_gpl.asm`
- `libavcodec/x86/idct_mmx.c`
- `libavfilter/x86/vf_removegrain.asm`
- the following building and testing tools
- `compat/solaris/make_sunver.pl`
- `doc/t2h.pm`
- `doc/texi2pod.pl`
- `libswresample/tests/swresample.c`
- `tests/checkasm/*`
- `tests/tiny_ssim.c`
- the following filters in libavfilter:
- `signature_lookup.c`
- `vf_blackframe.c`
- `vf_boxblur.c`
- `vf_colormatrix.c`
- `vf_cover_rect.c`
- `vf_cropdetect.c`
- `vf_delogo.c`
- `vf_eq.c`
- `vf_find_rect.c`
- `vf_fspp.c`
- `vf_histeq.c`
- `vf_hqdn3d.c`
- `vf_kerndeint.c`
- `vf_lensfun.c` (GPL version 3 or later)
- `vf_mcdeint.c`
- `vf_mpdecimate.c`
- `vf_nnedi.c`
- `vf_owdenoise.c`
- `vf_perspective.c`
- `vf_phase.c`
- `vf_pp.c`
- `vf_pp7.c`
- `vf_pullup.c`
- `vf_repeatfields.c`
- `vf_sab.c`
- `vf_signature.c`
- `vf_smartblur.c`
- `vf_spp.c`
- `vf_stereo3d.c`
- `vf_super2xsai.c`
- `vf_tinterlace.c`
- `vf_uspp.c`
- `vf_vaguedenoiser.c`
- `vsrc_mptestsrc.c`
Should you, for whatever reason, prefer to use version 3 of the (L)GPL, then
the configure parameter `--enable-version3` will activate this licensing option
for you. Read the file `COPYING.LGPLv3` or, if you have enabled GPL parts,
`COPYING.GPLv3` to learn the exact legal terms that apply in this case.
There are a handful of files under other licensing terms, namely:
* The files `libavcodec/jfdctfst.c`, `libavcodec/jfdctint_template.c` and
`libavcodec/jrevdct.c` are taken from libjpeg, see the top of the files for
licensing details. Specifically note that you must credit the IJG in the
documentation accompanying your program if you only distribute executables.
You must also indicate any changes including additions and deletions to
those three files in the documentation.
* `tests/reference.pnm` is under the expat license.
## External libraries
FFmpeg can be combined with a number of external libraries, which sometimes
affect the licensing of binaries resulting from the combination.
### Compatible libraries
The following libraries are under GPL version 2:
- avisynth
- frei0r
- libcdio
- libdavs2
- librubberband
- libvidstab
- libx264
- libx265
- libxavs
- libxavs2
- libxvid
When combining them with FFmpeg, FFmpeg needs to be licensed as GPL as well by
passing `--enable-gpl` to configure.
The following libraries are under LGPL version 3:
- gmp
- libaribb24
- liblensfun
When combining them with FFmpeg, use the configure option `--enable-version3` to
upgrade FFmpeg to the LGPL v3.
The VMAF, mbedTLS, RK MPI, OpenCORE and VisualOn libraries are under the Apache License
2.0. That license is incompatible with the LGPL v2.1 and the GPL v2, but not with
version 3 of those licenses. So to combine these libraries with FFmpeg, the
license version needs to be upgraded by passing `--enable-version3` to configure.
The smbclient library is under the GPL v3, to combine it with FFmpeg,
the options `--enable-gpl` and `--enable-version3` have to be passed to
configure to upgrade FFmpeg to the GPL v3.
### Incompatible libraries
There are certain libraries you can combine with FFmpeg whose licenses are not
compatible with the GPL and/or the LGPL. If you wish to enable these
libraries, even in circumstances that their license may be incompatible, pass
`--enable-nonfree` to configure. This will cause the resulting binary to be
unredistributable.
The Fraunhofer FDK AAC and OpenSSL libraries are under licenses which are
incompatible with the GPLv2 and v3. To the best of our knowledge, they are
compatible with the LGPL.

36
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
/*
* AC-3 parser prototypes
* Copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard
* Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H
#define AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* Extract the bitstream ID and the frame size from AC-3 data.
*/
int av_ac3_parse_header(const uint8_t *buf, size_t size,
uint8_t *bitstream_id, uint16_t *frame_size);
#endif /* AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H */

37
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/adts_parser.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H
#define AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#define AV_AAC_ADTS_HEADER_SIZE 7
/**
* Extract the number of samples and frames from AAC data.
* @param[in] buf pointer to AAC data buffer
* @param[out] samples Pointer to where number of samples is written
* @param[out] frames Pointer to where number of frames is written
* @return Returns 0 on success, error code on failure.
*/
int av_adts_header_parse(const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t *samples,
uint8_t *frames);
#endif /* AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H */

3192
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

88
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avdct.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_AVDCT_H
#define AVCODEC_AVDCT_H
#include "libavutil/opt.h"
/**
* AVDCT context.
* @note function pointers can be NULL if the specific features have been
* disabled at build time.
*/
typedef struct AVDCT {
const AVClass *av_class;
void (*idct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */);
/**
* IDCT input permutation.
* Several optimized IDCTs need a permutated input (relative to the
* normal order of the reference IDCT).
* This permutation must be performed before the idct_put/add.
* Note, normally this can be merged with the zigzag/alternate scan<br>
* An example to avoid confusion:
* - (->decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> dequant -> reference IDCT -> ...)
* - (x -> reference DCT -> reference IDCT -> x)
* - (x -> reference DCT -> simple_mmx_perm = idct_permutation
* -> simple_idct_mmx -> x)
* - (-> decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> simple_mmx_perm -> dequant
* -> simple_idct_mmx -> ...)
*/
uint8_t idct_permutation[64];
void (*fdct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */);
/**
* DCT algorithm.
* must use AVOptions to set this field.
*/
int dct_algo;
/**
* IDCT algorithm.
* must use AVOptions to set this field.
*/
int idct_algo;
void (*get_pixels)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */,
const uint8_t *pixels /* align 8 */,
ptrdiff_t line_size);
int bits_per_sample;
void (*get_pixels_unaligned)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */,
const uint8_t *pixels,
ptrdiff_t line_size);
} AVDCT;
/**
* Allocates a AVDCT context.
* This needs to be initialized with avcodec_dct_init() after optionally
* configuring it with AVOptions.
*
* To free it use av_free()
*/
AVDCT *avcodec_dct_alloc(void);
int avcodec_dct_init(AVDCT *);
const AVClass *avcodec_dct_get_class(void);
#endif /* AVCODEC_AVDCT_H */

118
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avfft.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavc_fft
* FFT functions
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions
* @ingroup lavc_misc
*
* @{
*/
typedef float FFTSample;
typedef struct FFTComplex {
FFTSample re, im;
} FFTComplex;
typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext;
/**
* Set up a complex FFT.
* @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
* @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse
*/
FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse);
/**
* Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc().
*/
void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
/**
* Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The
* input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done.
*/
void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s);
FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale);
void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s);
/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */
enum RDFTransformType {
DFT_R2C,
IDFT_C2R,
IDFT_R2C,
DFT_C2R,
};
typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext;
/**
* Set up a real FFT.
* @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
* @param trans the type of transform
*/
RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans);
void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s);
/* Discrete Cosine Transform */
typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext;
enum DCTTransformType {
DCT_II = 0,
DCT_III,
DCT_I,
DST_I,
};
/**
* Set up DCT.
*
* @param nbits size of the input array:
* (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I
* (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I
* @param type the type of transform
*
* @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored
*/
DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type);
void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */

332
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/bsf.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
/*
* Bitstream filters public API
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_BSF_H
#define AVCODEC_BSF_H
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
#include "libavutil/log.h"
#include "libavutil/rational.h"
#include "codec_id.h"
#include "codec_par.h"
#include "packet.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavc_bsf Bitstream filters
* @ingroup libavc
*
* Bitstream filters transform encoded media data without decoding it. This
* allows e.g. manipulating various header values. Bitstream filters operate on
* @ref AVPacket "AVPackets".
*
* The bitstream filtering API is centered around two structures:
* AVBitStreamFilter and AVBSFContext. The former represents a bitstream filter
* in abstract, the latter a specific filtering process. Obtain an
* AVBitStreamFilter using av_bsf_get_by_name() or av_bsf_iterate(), then pass
* it to av_bsf_alloc() to create an AVBSFContext. Fill in the user-settable
* AVBSFContext fields, as described in its documentation, then call
* av_bsf_init() to prepare the filter context for use.
*
* Submit packets for filtering using av_bsf_send_packet(), obtain filtered
* results with av_bsf_receive_packet(). When no more input packets will be
* sent, submit a NULL AVPacket to signal the end of the stream to the filter.
* av_bsf_receive_packet() will then return trailing packets, if any are
* produced by the filter.
*
* Finally, free the filter context with av_bsf_free().
* @{
*/
/**
* The bitstream filter state.
*
* This struct must be allocated with av_bsf_alloc() and freed with
* av_bsf_free().
*
* The fields in the struct will only be changed (by the caller or by the
* filter) as described in their documentation, and are to be considered
* immutable otherwise.
*/
typedef struct AVBSFContext {
/**
* A class for logging and AVOptions
*/
const AVClass *av_class;
/**
* The bitstream filter this context is an instance of.
*/
const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter;
/**
* Opaque filter-specific private data. If filter->priv_class is non-NULL,
* this is an AVOptions-enabled struct.
*/
void *priv_data;
/**
* Parameters of the input stream. This field is allocated in
* av_bsf_alloc(), it needs to be filled by the caller before
* av_bsf_init().
*/
AVCodecParameters *par_in;
/**
* Parameters of the output stream. This field is allocated in
* av_bsf_alloc(), it is set by the filter in av_bsf_init().
*/
AVCodecParameters *par_out;
/**
* The timebase used for the timestamps of the input packets. Set by the
* caller before av_bsf_init().
*/
AVRational time_base_in;
/**
* The timebase used for the timestamps of the output packets. Set by the
* filter in av_bsf_init().
*/
AVRational time_base_out;
} AVBSFContext;
typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter {
const char *name;
/**
* A list of codec ids supported by the filter, terminated by
* AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
* May be NULL, in that case the bitstream filter works with any codec id.
*/
const enum AVCodecID *codec_ids;
/**
* A class for the private data, used to declare bitstream filter private
* AVOptions. This field is NULL for bitstream filters that do not declare
* any options.
*
* If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data
* must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavcodec generic
* code to this class.
*/
const AVClass *priv_class;
} AVBitStreamFilter;
/**
* @return a bitstream filter with the specified name or NULL if no such
* bitstream filter exists.
*/
const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_get_by_name(const char *name);
/**
* Iterate over all registered bitstream filters.
*
* @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must
* point to NULL to start the iteration.
*
* @return the next registered bitstream filter or NULL when the iteration is
* finished
*/
const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_iterate(void **opaque);
/**
* Allocate a context for a given bitstream filter. The caller must fill in the
* context parameters as described in the documentation and then call
* av_bsf_init() before sending any data to the filter.
*
* @param filter the filter for which to allocate an instance.
* @param[out] ctx a pointer into which the pointer to the newly-allocated context
* will be written. It must be freed with av_bsf_free() after the
* filtering is done.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_bsf_alloc(const AVBitStreamFilter *filter, AVBSFContext **ctx);
/**
* Prepare the filter for use, after all the parameters and options have been
* set.
*
* @param ctx a AVBSFContext previously allocated with av_bsf_alloc()
*/
int av_bsf_init(AVBSFContext *ctx);
/**
* Submit a packet for filtering.
*
* After sending each packet, the filter must be completely drained by calling
* av_bsf_receive_packet() repeatedly until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or
* AVERROR_EOF.
*
* @param ctx an initialized AVBSFContext
* @param pkt the packet to filter. The bitstream filter will take ownership of
* the packet and reset the contents of pkt. pkt is not touched if an error occurs.
* If pkt is empty (i.e. NULL, or pkt->data is NULL and pkt->side_data_elems zero),
* it signals the end of the stream (i.e. no more non-empty packets will be sent;
* sending more empty packets does nothing) and will cause the filter to output
* any packets it may have buffered internally.
*
* @return
* - 0 on success.
* - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if packets need to be retrieved from the filter (using
* av_bsf_receive_packet()) before new input can be consumed.
* - Another negative AVERROR value if an error occurs.
*/
int av_bsf_send_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt);
/**
* Retrieve a filtered packet.
*
* @param ctx an initialized AVBSFContext
* @param[out] pkt this struct will be filled with the contents of the filtered
* packet. It is owned by the caller and must be freed using
* av_packet_unref() when it is no longer needed.
* This parameter should be "clean" (i.e. freshly allocated
* with av_packet_alloc() or unreffed with av_packet_unref())
* when this function is called. If this function returns
* successfully, the contents of pkt will be completely
* overwritten by the returned data. On failure, pkt is not
* touched.
*
* @return
* - 0 on success.
* - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more packets need to be sent to the filter (using
* av_bsf_send_packet()) to get more output.
* - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no further output from the filter.
* - Another negative AVERROR value if an error occurs.
*
* @note one input packet may result in several output packets, so after sending
* a packet with av_bsf_send_packet(), this function needs to be called
* repeatedly until it stops returning 0. It is also possible for a filter to
* output fewer packets than were sent to it, so this function may return
* AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately after a successful av_bsf_send_packet() call.
*/
int av_bsf_receive_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt);
/**
* Reset the internal bitstream filter state. Should be called e.g. when seeking.
*/
void av_bsf_flush(AVBSFContext *ctx);
/**
* Free a bitstream filter context and everything associated with it; write NULL
* into the supplied pointer.
*/
void av_bsf_free(AVBSFContext **ctx);
/**
* Get the AVClass for AVBSFContext. It can be used in combination with
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
*
* @see av_opt_find().
*/
const AVClass *av_bsf_get_class(void);
/**
* Structure for chain/list of bitstream filters.
* Empty list can be allocated by av_bsf_list_alloc().
*/
typedef struct AVBSFList AVBSFList;
/**
* Allocate empty list of bitstream filters.
* The list must be later freed by av_bsf_list_free()
* or finalized by av_bsf_list_finalize().
*
* @return Pointer to @ref AVBSFList on success, NULL in case of failure
*/
AVBSFList *av_bsf_list_alloc(void);
/**
* Free list of bitstream filters.
*
* @param lst Pointer to pointer returned by av_bsf_list_alloc()
*/
void av_bsf_list_free(AVBSFList **lst);
/**
* Append bitstream filter to the list of bitstream filters.
*
* @param lst List to append to
* @param bsf Filter context to be appended
*
* @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
*/
int av_bsf_list_append(AVBSFList *lst, AVBSFContext *bsf);
/**
* Construct new bitstream filter context given it's name and options
* and append it to the list of bitstream filters.
*
* @param lst List to append to
* @param bsf_name Name of the bitstream filter
* @param options Options for the bitstream filter, can be set to NULL
*
* @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
*/
int av_bsf_list_append2(AVBSFList *lst, const char * bsf_name, AVDictionary **options);
/**
* Finalize list of bitstream filters.
*
* This function will transform @ref AVBSFList to single @ref AVBSFContext,
* so the whole chain of bitstream filters can be treated as single filter
* freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc().
* If the call is successful, @ref AVBSFList structure is freed and lst
* will be set to NULL. In case of failure, caller is responsible for
* freeing the structure by av_bsf_list_free()
*
* @param lst Filter list structure to be transformed
* @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure
* representing the chain of bitstream filters
*
* @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
*/
int av_bsf_list_finalize(AVBSFList **lst, AVBSFContext **bsf);
/**
* Parse string describing list of bitstream filters and create single
* @ref AVBSFContext describing the whole chain of bitstream filters.
* Resulting @ref AVBSFContext can be treated as any other @ref AVBSFContext freshly
* allocated by av_bsf_alloc().
*
* @param str String describing chain of bitstream filters in format
* `bsf1[=opt1=val1:opt2=val2][,bsf2]`
* @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure
* representing the chain of bitstream filters
*
* @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
*/
int av_bsf_list_parse_str(const char *str, AVBSFContext **bsf);
/**
* Get null/pass-through bitstream filter.
*
* @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to new instance of pass-through bitstream filter
*
* @return
*/
int av_bsf_get_null_filter(AVBSFContext **bsf);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif // AVCODEC_BSF_H

375
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/codec.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
/*
* AVCodec public API
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_H
#define AVCODEC_CODEC_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
#include "libavutil/hwcontext.h"
#include "libavutil/log.h"
#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
#include "libavutil/rational.h"
#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
#include "libavcodec/codec_id.h"
#include "libavcodec/version_major.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavc_core
* @{
*/
/**
* Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND (1 << 0)
/**
* Codec uses get_buffer() or get_encode_buffer() for allocating buffers and
* supports custom allocators.
* If not set, it might not use get_buffer() or get_encode_buffer() at all, or
* use operations that assume the buffer was allocated by
* avcodec_default_get_buffer2 or avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 (1 << 1)
/**
* Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to
* give the complete and correct output.
*
* NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with
* with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode
* or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec
* unless this flag is set.
*
* Decoders:
* The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL,
* avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer
* returns frames.
*
* Encoders:
* The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the
* encoder no longer returns data.
*
* NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this
* flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for
* each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will
* be determined by libavcodec from the input frame.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY (1 << 5)
/**
* Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size.
* This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME (1 << 6)
/**
* Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket
* Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do
* are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames.
* This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a
* bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming
* operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus
* may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like
* prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered
* as a last resort.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES (1 << 8)
/**
* Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental
* encoders
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL (1 << 9)
/**
* Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF (1 << 10)
/**
* Codec supports frame-level multithreading.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS (1 << 12)
/**
* Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 13)
/**
* Codec supports changed parameters at any point.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE (1 << 14)
/**
* Codec supports multithreading through a method other than slice- or
* frame-level multithreading. Typically this marks wrappers around
* multithreading-capable external libraries.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_OTHER_THREADS (1 << 15)
/**
* Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE (1 << 16)
/**
* Decoder is not a preferred choice for probing.
* This indicates that the decoder is not a good choice for probing.
* It could for example be an expensive to spin up hardware decoder,
* or it could simply not provide a lot of useful information about
* the stream.
* A decoder marked with this flag should only be used as last resort
* choice for probing.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING (1 << 17)
/**
* Codec is backed by a hardware implementation. Typically used to
* identify a non-hwaccel hardware decoder. For information about hwaccels, use
* avcodec_get_hw_config() instead.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE (1 << 18)
/**
* Codec is potentially backed by a hardware implementation, but not
* necessarily. This is used instead of AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE, if the
* implementation provides some sort of internal fallback.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HYBRID (1 << 19)
/**
* This encoder can reorder user opaque values from input AVFrames and return
* them with corresponding output packets.
* @see AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE (1 << 20)
/**
* This encoder can be flushed using avcodec_flush_buffers(). If this flag is
* not set, the encoder must be closed and reopened to ensure that no frames
* remain pending.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_FLUSH (1 << 21)
/**
* The encoder is able to output reconstructed frame data, i.e. raw frames that
* would be produced by decoding the encoded bitstream.
*
* Reconstructed frame output is enabled by the AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME flag.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_RECON_FRAME (1 << 22)
/**
* AVProfile.
*/
typedef struct AVProfile {
int profile;
const char *name; ///< short name for the profile
} AVProfile;
/**
* AVCodec.
*/
typedef struct AVCodec {
/**
* Name of the codec implementation.
* The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an
* encoder and a decoder can share the same name).
* This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective.
*/
const char *name;
/**
* Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name.
* You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it.
*/
const char *long_name;
enum AVMediaType type;
enum AVCodecID id;
/**
* Codec capabilities.
* see AV_CODEC_CAP_*
*/
int capabilities;
uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder
const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0}
const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmts; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1
const int *supported_samplerates; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0
const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/**
* @deprecated use ch_layouts instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
const uint64_t *channel_layouts; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0
#endif
const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context
const AVProfile *profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN}
/**
* Group name of the codec implementation.
* This is a short symbolic name of the wrapper backing this codec. A
* wrapper uses some kind of external implementation for the codec, such
* as an external library, or a codec implementation provided by the OS or
* the hardware.
* If this field is NULL, this is a builtin, libavcodec native codec.
* If non-NULL, this will be the suffix in AVCodec.name in most cases
* (usually AVCodec.name will be of the form "<codec_name>_<wrapper_name>").
*/
const char *wrapper_name;
/**
* Array of supported channel layouts, terminated with a zeroed layout.
*/
const AVChannelLayout *ch_layouts;
} AVCodec;
/**
* Iterate over all registered codecs.
*
* @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must
* point to NULL to start the iteration.
*
* @return the next registered codec or NULL when the iteration is
* finished
*/
const AVCodec *av_codec_iterate(void **opaque);
/**
* Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID.
*
* @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder
* @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
*/
const AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id);
/**
* Find a registered decoder with the specified name.
*
* @param name name of the requested decoder
* @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
*/
const AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char *name);
/**
* Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID.
*
* @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder
* @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
*/
const AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id);
/**
* Find a registered encoder with the specified name.
*
* @param name name of the requested encoder
* @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
*/
const AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char *name);
/**
* @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise
*/
int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec *codec);
/**
* @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise
*/
int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec *codec);
/**
* Return a name for the specified profile, if available.
*
* @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile
* @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested
* @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise.
*/
const char *av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec *codec, int profile);
enum {
/**
* The codec supports this format via the hw_device_ctx interface.
*
* When selecting this format, AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx should
* have been set to a device of the specified type before calling
* avcodec_open2().
*/
AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX = 0x01,
/**
* The codec supports this format via the hw_frames_ctx interface.
*
* When selecting this format for a decoder,
* AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to a suitable frames
* context inside the get_format() callback. The frames context
* must have been created on a device of the specified type.
*
* When selecting this format for an encoder,
* AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to the context which
* will be used for the input frames before calling avcodec_open2().
*/
AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX = 0x02,
/**
* The codec supports this format by some internal method.
*
* This format can be selected without any additional configuration -
* no device or frames context is required.
*/
AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_INTERNAL = 0x04,
/**
* The codec supports this format by some ad-hoc method.
*
* Additional settings and/or function calls are required. See the
* codec-specific documentation for details. (Methods requiring
* this sort of configuration are deprecated and others should be
* used in preference.)
*/
AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_AD_HOC = 0x08,
};
typedef struct AVCodecHWConfig {
/**
* For decoders, a hardware pixel format which that decoder may be
* able to decode to if suitable hardware is available.
*
* For encoders, a pixel format which the encoder may be able to
* accept. If set to AV_PIX_FMT_NONE, this applies to all pixel
* formats supported by the codec.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
/**
* Bit set of AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_* flags, describing the possible
* setup methods which can be used with this configuration.
*/
int methods;
/**
* The device type associated with the configuration.
*
* Must be set for AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX and
* AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX, otherwise unused.
*/
enum AVHWDeviceType device_type;
} AVCodecHWConfig;
/**
* Retrieve supported hardware configurations for a codec.
*
* Values of index from zero to some maximum return the indexed configuration
* descriptor; all other values return NULL. If the codec does not support
* any hardware configurations then it will always return NULL.
*/
const AVCodecHWConfig *avcodec_get_hw_config(const AVCodec *codec, int index);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_CODEC_H */

128
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/codec_desc.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
/*
* Codec descriptors public API
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H
#define AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
#include "codec_id.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavc_core
* @{
*/
/**
* This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an
* AVCodecID.
* @see avcodec_descriptor_get()
*/
typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor {
enum AVCodecID id;
enum AVMediaType type;
/**
* Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and
* unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric
* characters and '_' only.
*/
const char *name;
/**
* A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL.
*/
const char *long_name;
/**
* Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags.
*/
int props;
/**
* MIME type(s) associated with the codec.
* May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types.
* The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type.
*/
const char *const *mime_types;
/**
* If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec.
* Terminated with FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN.
*/
const struct AVProfile *profiles;
} AVCodecDescriptor;
/**
* Codec uses only intra compression.
* Video and audio codecs only.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY (1 << 0)
/**
* Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only.
* @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless
* compression modes
*/
#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY (1 << 1)
/**
* Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS (1 << 2)
/**
* Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which
* the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the
* decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding
* frames.
*
* For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be
* equal.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER (1 << 3)
/**
* Subtitle codec is bitmap based
* Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB (1 << 16)
/**
* Subtitle codec is text based.
* Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB (1 << 17)
/**
* @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists.
*/
const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id);
/**
* Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec.
*
* @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor.
*
* @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor
*/
const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor *prev);
/**
* @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor
* exists.
*/
const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char *name);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H

661
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/codec_id.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,661 @@
/*
* Codec IDs
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H
#define AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
#include "version_major.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavc_core
* @{
*/
/**
* Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream.
* The principle is roughly:
* Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams.
* Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams.
* There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation
* details.
*
* If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that
* 1. no value of an existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI),
* 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs
*
* After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec
* descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version.
*/
enum AVCodecID {
AV_CODEC_ID_NONE,
/* video codecs */
AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding
AV_CODEC_ID_H261,
AV_CODEC_ID_H263,
AV_CODEC_ID_RV10,
AV_CODEC_ID_RV20,
AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG,
AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB,
AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG,
AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X,
AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS,
AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4,
AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3,
AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1,
AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2,
AV_CODEC_ID_H263P,
AV_CODEC_ID_H263I,
AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1,
AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1,
AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3,
AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV,
AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV,
AV_CODEC_ID_H264,
AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3,
AV_CODEC_ID_VP3,
AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA,
AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1,
AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2,
AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1,
AV_CODEC_ID_4XM,
AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1,
AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR,
AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC,
AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ,
AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3,
AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4,
AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA,
AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK,
AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1,
AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN,
AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS,
AV_CODEC_ID_SMC,
AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC,
AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1,
AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH,
AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB,
AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE,
AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC,
AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI,
AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW,
AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL,
AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG,
AV_CODEC_ID_PNG,
AV_CODEC_ID_PPM,
AV_CODEC_ID_PBM,
AV_CODEC_ID_PGM,
AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV,
AV_CODEC_ID_PAM,
AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF,
AV_CODEC_ID_RV30,
AV_CODEC_ID_RV40,
AV_CODEC_ID_VC1,
AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3,
AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO,
AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1,
AV_CODEC_ID_AASC,
AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2,
AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS,
AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2,
AV_CODEC_ID_BMP,
AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD,
AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV,
AV_CODEC_ID_AVS,
AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_NUV,
AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC,
AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV,
AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS,
AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000,
AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC,
AV_CODEC_ID_VP5,
AV_CODEC_ID_VP6,
AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F,
AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA,
AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF,
AV_CODEC_ID_GIF,
AV_CODEC_ID_DXA,
AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD,
AV_CODEC_ID_THP,
AV_CODEC_ID_SGI,
AV_CODEC_ID_C93,
AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID,
AV_CODEC_ID_PTX,
AV_CODEC_ID_TXD,
AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A,
AV_CODEC_ID_AMV,
AV_CODEC_ID_VB,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCX,
AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST,
AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4,
AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5,
AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC,
AV_CODEC_ID_RL2,
AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124,
AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC,
AV_CODEC_ID_BFI,
AV_CODEC_ID_CMV,
AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS,
AV_CODEC_ID_TGV,
AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ,
AV_CODEC_ID_TQI,
AV_CODEC_ID_AURA,
AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2,
AV_CODEC_ID_V210X,
AV_CODEC_ID_TMV,
AV_CODEC_ID_V210,
AV_CODEC_ID_DPX,
AV_CODEC_ID_MAD,
AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU,
AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2,
AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS,
AV_CODEC_ID_R210,
AV_CODEC_ID_ANM,
AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM,
#define AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM
AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1,
AV_CODEC_ID_YOP,
AV_CODEC_ID_VP8,
AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR,
AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI,
AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI,
AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5,
AV_CODEC_ID_R10K,
AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG,
AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH,
AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES,
AV_CODEC_ID_JV,
AV_CODEC_ID_DFA,
AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE,
AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE,
AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE,
AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY,
AV_CODEC_ID_V410,
AV_CODEC_ID_XWD,
AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL,
AV_CODEC_ID_XBM,
AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1,
AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2,
AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2,
AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2,
AV_CODEC_ID_VP9,
AV_CODEC_ID_AIC,
AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130,
AV_CODEC_ID_G2M,
AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP,
AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC,
#define AV_CODEC_ID_H265 AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC
AV_CODEC_ID_FIC,
AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX,
AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX,
AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_EXR,
AV_CODEC_ID_VP7,
AV_CODEC_ID_SANM,
AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE,
AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1,
AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2,
AV_CODEC_ID_HQX,
AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC,
AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA,
AV_CODEC_ID_HAP,
AV_CODEC_ID_DDS,
AV_CODEC_ID_DXV,
AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO,
AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC,
AV_CODEC_ID_AVS2,
AV_CODEC_ID_PGX,
AV_CODEC_ID_AVS3,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSP2,
AV_CODEC_ID_VVC,
#define AV_CODEC_ID_H266 AV_CODEC_ID_VVC
AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P,
AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP,
AV_CODEC_ID_012V,
AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI,
#if FF_API_AYUV_CODECID
AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV,
#endif
AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216,
AV_CODEC_ID_V308,
AV_CODEC_ID_V408,
AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4,
AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN,
AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA,
AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE,
AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW,
AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG,
AV_CODEC_ID_APNG,
AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA,
AV_CODEC_ID_CFHD,
AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2RT,
AV_CODEC_ID_M101,
AV_CODEC_ID_MAGICYUV,
AV_CODEC_ID_SHEERVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_YLC,
AV_CODEC_ID_PSD,
AV_CODEC_ID_PIXLET,
AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEDHQ,
AV_CODEC_ID_FMVC,
AV_CODEC_ID_SCPR,
AV_CODEC_ID_CLEARVIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_XPM,
AV_CODEC_ID_AV1,
AV_CODEC_ID_BITPACKED,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSCC,
AV_CODEC_ID_SRGC,
AV_CODEC_ID_SVG,
AV_CODEC_ID_GDV,
AV_CODEC_ID_FITS,
AV_CODEC_ID_IMM4,
AV_CODEC_ID_PROSUMER,
AV_CODEC_ID_MWSC,
AV_CODEC_ID_WCMV,
AV_CODEC_ID_RASC,
AV_CODEC_ID_HYMT,
AV_CODEC_ID_ARBC,
AV_CODEC_ID_AGM,
AV_CODEC_ID_LSCR,
AV_CODEC_ID_VP4,
AV_CODEC_ID_IMM5,
AV_CODEC_ID_MVDV,
AV_CODEC_ID_MVHA,
AV_CODEC_ID_CDTOONS,
AV_CODEC_ID_MV30,
AV_CODEC_ID_NOTCHLC,
AV_CODEC_ID_PFM,
AV_CODEC_ID_MOBICLIP,
AV_CODEC_ID_PHOTOCD,
AV_CODEC_ID_IPU,
AV_CODEC_ID_ARGO,
AV_CODEC_ID_CRI,
AV_CODEC_ID_SIMBIOSIS_IMX,
AV_CODEC_ID_SGA_VIDEO,
AV_CODEC_ID_GEM,
AV_CODEC_ID_VBN,
AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGXL,
AV_CODEC_ID_QOI,
AV_CODEC_ID_PHM,
AV_CODEC_ID_RADIANCE_HDR,
AV_CODEC_ID_WBMP,
AV_CODEC_ID_MEDIA100,
AV_CODEC_ID_VQC,
/* various PCM "codecs" */
AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF,
AV_CODEC_ID_S302M,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64BE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F16LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F24LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_VIDC,
AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_SGA,
/* various ADPCM codecs */
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DAT4,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MTAF,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AGM,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ARGO,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SSI,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ZORK,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APM,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ALP,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MTF,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_CUNNING,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MOFLEX,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ACORN,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XMD,
/* AMR */
AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000,
AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB,
/* RealAudio codecs*/
AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000,
AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288,
/* various DPCM codecs */
AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000,
AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM,
AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM,
AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM,
AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM,
AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM,
AV_CODEC_ID_DERF_DPCM,
AV_CODEC_ID_WADY_DPCM,
AV_CODEC_ID_CBD2_DPCM,
/* audio codecs */
AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000,
AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3
AV_CODEC_ID_AAC,
AV_CODEC_ID_AC3,
AV_CODEC_ID_DTS,
AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS,
AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO,
AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1,
AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2,
AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3,
AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6,
AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO,
AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC,
AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU,
AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4,
AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN,
AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC,
AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1,
AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format
AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2,
AV_CODEC_ID_COOK,
AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH,
AV_CODEC_ID_TTA,
AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO,
AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP,
AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK,
AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO,
AV_CODEC_ID_IMC,
AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7,
AV_CODEC_ID_MLP,
AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */
AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3,
AV_CODEC_ID_APE,
AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER,
AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8,
AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX,
AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE,
AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO,
AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS,
AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P,
AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3,
AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR,
AV_CODEC_ID_MP1,
AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ,
AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD,
AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS,
AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1,
AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT,
AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT,
AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM,
AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC,
AV_CODEC_ID_CELT,
AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1,
AV_CODEC_ID_G729,
AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP,
AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB,
AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO,
AV_CODEC_ID_RALF,
AV_CODEC_ID_IAC,
AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC,
AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS,
AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE,
AV_CODEC_ID_TAK,
AV_CODEC_ID_METASOUND,
AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO,
AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC,
AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP,
AV_CODEC_ID_CODEC2,
AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH,
AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC,
AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS,
AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC,
AV_CODEC_ID_SMV,
AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF,
AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF,
AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR,
AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR,
AV_CODEC_ID_4GV,
AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM,
AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1,
AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2,
AV_CODEC_ID_DST,
AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3AL,
AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3PAL,
AV_CODEC_ID_DOLBY_E,
AV_CODEC_ID_APTX,
AV_CODEC_ID_APTX_HD,
AV_CODEC_ID_SBC,
AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC9,
AV_CODEC_ID_HCOM,
AV_CODEC_ID_ACELP_KELVIN,
AV_CODEC_ID_MPEGH_3D_AUDIO,
AV_CODEC_ID_SIREN,
AV_CODEC_ID_HCA,
AV_CODEC_ID_FASTAUDIO,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSNSIREN,
AV_CODEC_ID_DFPWM,
AV_CODEC_ID_BONK,
AV_CODEC_ID_MISC4,
AV_CODEC_ID_APAC,
AV_CODEC_ID_FTR,
AV_CODEC_ID_WAVARC,
AV_CODEC_ID_RKA,
/* subtitle codecs */
AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs.
AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000,
AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE,
AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text
AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB,
AV_CODEC_ID_SSA,
AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT,
AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE,
AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT,
AV_CODEC_ID_SRT,
AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD,
AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608,
AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB,
AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI,
AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT,
AV_CODEC_ID_STL,
AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1,
AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER,
AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP,
AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT,
AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2,
AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER,
AV_CODEC_ID_PJS,
AV_CODEC_ID_ASS,
AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE,
AV_CODEC_ID_TTML,
AV_CODEC_ID_ARIB_CAPTION,
/* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */
AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs.
AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000,
AV_CODEC_ID_SCTE_35, ///< Contain timestamp estimated through PCR of program stream.
AV_CODEC_ID_EPG,
AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT,
AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN,
AV_CODEC_ID_IDF,
AV_CODEC_ID_OTF,
AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV,
AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV,
AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3,
AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA,
AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it
AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS
* stream (only used by libavformat) */
AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems
* stream (only used by libavformat) */
AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information.
AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = 0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket
/**
* Dummy null video codec, useful mainly for development and debugging.
* Null encoder/decoder discard all input and never return any output.
*/
AV_CODEC_ID_VNULL,
/**
* Dummy null audio codec, useful mainly for development and debugging.
* Null encoder/decoder discard all input and never return any output.
*/
AV_CODEC_ID_ANULL,
};
/**
* Get the type of the given codec.
*/
enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
/**
* Get the name of a codec.
* @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL
*/
const char *avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id);
/**
* Return codec bits per sample.
*
* @param[in] codec_id the codec
* @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec.
*/
int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
/**
* Return codec bits per sample.
* Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an
* approximation.
*
* @param[in] codec_id the codec
* @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec.
*/
int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
/**
* Return a name for the specified profile, if available.
*
* @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs
* @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested
* @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise.
*
* @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles
* supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this
* function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor
*/
const char *avcodec_profile_name(enum AVCodecID codec_id, int profile);
/**
* Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format.
* @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big,
* -1 (or anything else) for native
* @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE
*/
enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H

247
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/codec_par.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
/*
* Codec parameters public API
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H
#define AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h"
#include "libavutil/rational.h"
#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
#include "codec_id.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavc_core
* @{
*/
enum AVFieldOrder {
AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN,
AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE,
AV_FIELD_TT, ///< Top coded_first, top displayed first
AV_FIELD_BB, ///< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first
AV_FIELD_TB, ///< Top coded first, bottom displayed first
AV_FIELD_BT, ///< Bottom coded first, top displayed first
};
/**
* This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream.
*
* sizeof(AVCodecParameters) is not a part of the public ABI, this struct must
* be allocated with avcodec_parameters_alloc() and freed with
* avcodec_parameters_free().
*/
typedef struct AVCodecParameters {
/**
* General type of the encoded data.
*/
enum AVMediaType codec_type;
/**
* Specific type of the encoded data (the codec used).
*/
enum AVCodecID codec_id;
/**
* Additional information about the codec (corresponds to the AVI FOURCC).
*/
uint32_t codec_tag;
/**
* Extra binary data needed for initializing the decoder, codec-dependent.
*
* Must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed by
* avcodec_parameters_free(). The allocated size of extradata must be at
* least extradata_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE, with the padding
* bytes zeroed.
*/
uint8_t *extradata;
/**
* Size of the extradata content in bytes.
*/
int extradata_size;
/**
* - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat.
* - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat.
*/
int format;
/**
* The average bitrate of the encoded data (in bits per second).
*/
int64_t bit_rate;
/**
* The number of bits per sample in the codedwords.
*
* This is basically the bitrate per sample. It is mandatory for a bunch of
* formats to actually decode them. It's the number of bits for one sample in
* the actual coded bitstream.
*
* This could be for example 4 for ADPCM
* For PCM formats this matches bits_per_raw_sample
* Can be 0
*/
int bits_per_coded_sample;
/**
* This is the number of valid bits in each output sample. If the
* sample format has more bits, the least significant bits are additional
* padding bits, which are always 0. Use right shifts to reduce the sample
* to its actual size. For example, audio formats with 24 bit samples will
* have bits_per_raw_sample set to 24, and format set to AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32.
* To get the original sample use "(int32_t)sample >> 8"."
*
* For ADPCM this might be 12 or 16 or similar
* Can be 0
*/
int bits_per_raw_sample;
/**
* Codec-specific bitstream restrictions that the stream conforms to.
*/
int profile;
int level;
/**
* Video only. The dimensions of the video frame in pixels.
*/
int width;
int height;
/**
* Video only. The aspect ratio (width / height) which a single pixel
* should have when displayed.
*
* When the aspect ratio is unknown / undefined, the numerator should be
* set to 0 (the denominator may have any value).
*/
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
/**
* Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video.
*/
enum AVFieldOrder field_order;
/**
* Video only. Additional colorspace characteristics.
*/
enum AVColorRange color_range;
enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
enum AVColorSpace color_space;
enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location;
/**
* Video only. Number of delayed frames.
*/
int video_delay;
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/**
* Audio only. The channel layout bitmask. May be 0 if the channel layout is
* unknown or unspecified, otherwise the number of bits set must be equal to
* the channels field.
* @deprecated use ch_layout
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint64_t channel_layout;
/**
* Audio only. The number of audio channels.
* @deprecated use ch_layout.nb_channels
*/
attribute_deprecated
int channels;
#endif
/**
* Audio only. The number of audio samples per second.
*/
int sample_rate;
/**
* Audio only. The number of bytes per coded audio frame, required by some
* formats.
*
* Corresponds to nBlockAlign in WAVEFORMATEX.
*/
int block_align;
/**
* Audio only. Audio frame size, if known. Required by some formats to be static.
*/
int frame_size;
/**
* Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) inserted by the encoder at
* the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading decoded samples
* must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio without leading
* padding.
*/
int initial_padding;
/**
* Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to
* the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be
* discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original
* audio without any trailing padding.
*/
int trailing_padding;
/**
* Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity.
*/
int seek_preroll;
/**
* Audio only. The channel layout and number of channels.
*/
AVChannelLayout ch_layout;
} AVCodecParameters;
/**
* Allocate a new AVCodecParameters and set its fields to default values
* (unknown/invalid/0). The returned struct must be freed with
* avcodec_parameters_free().
*/
AVCodecParameters *avcodec_parameters_alloc(void);
/**
* Free an AVCodecParameters instance and everything associated with it and
* write NULL to the supplied pointer.
*/
void avcodec_parameters_free(AVCodecParameters **par);
/**
* Copy the contents of src to dst. Any allocated fields in dst are freed and
* replaced with newly allocated duplicates of the corresponding fields in src.
*
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int avcodec_parameters_copy(AVCodecParameters *dst, const AVCodecParameters *src);
/**
* This function is the same as av_get_audio_frame_duration(), except it works
* with AVCodecParameters instead of an AVCodecContext.
*/
int av_get_audio_frame_duration2(AVCodecParameters *par, int frame_bytes);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H

112
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/d3d11va.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
/*
* Direct3D11 HW acceleration
*
* copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar
* copyright (c) 2015 Steve Lhomme
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H
#define AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va
* Public libavcodec D3D11VA header.
*/
#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602
#undef _WIN32_WINNT
#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602
#endif
#include <stdint.h>
#include <d3d11.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va Direct3D11
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
*
* @{
*/
#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards
#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface
/**
* This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data
* to the Direct3D11 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
*
* The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
*
* Use av_d3d11va_alloc_context() exclusively to allocate an AVD3D11VAContext.
*/
typedef struct AVD3D11VAContext {
/**
* D3D11 decoder object
*/
ID3D11VideoDecoder *decoder;
/**
* D3D11 VideoContext
*/
ID3D11VideoContext *video_context;
/**
* D3D11 configuration used to create the decoder
*/
D3D11_VIDEO_DECODER_CONFIG *cfg;
/**
* The number of surface in the surface array
*/
unsigned surface_count;
/**
* The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder
*/
ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView **surface;
/**
* A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder
*/
uint64_t workaround;
/**
* Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation
*/
unsigned report_id;
/**
* Mutex to access video_context
*/
HANDLE context_mutex;
} AVD3D11VAContext;
/**
* Allocate an AVD3D11VAContext.
*
* @return Newly-allocated AVD3D11VAContext or NULL on failure.
*/
AVD3D11VAContext *av_d3d11va_alloc_context(void);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H */

192
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/defs.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
/*
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_DEFS_H
#define AVCODEC_DEFS_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup libavc
* Misc types and constants that do not belong anywhere else.
*/
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
/**
* @ingroup lavc_decoding
* Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding.
* This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read
* 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.<br>
* Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged
* MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault.
*/
#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 64
/**
* Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or
* decoded data, depending on the format) and print an error message on mismatch.
* If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the
* decoder/demuxer returning an error.
*/
#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK (1<<0)
#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1<<1) ///< detect bitstream specification deviations
#define AV_EF_BUFFER (1<<2) ///< detect improper bitstream length
#define AV_EF_EXPLODE (1<<3) ///< abort decoding on minor error detection
#define AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR (1<<15) ///< ignore errors and continue
#define AV_EF_CAREFUL (1<<16) ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate and have not been seen in the wild as errors
#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT (1<<17) ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors
#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE (1<<18) ///< consider things that a sane encoder/muxer should not do as an error
#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT 2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software.
#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT 1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences.
#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL 0
#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions
#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things.
/**
* @ingroup lavc_decoding
*/
enum AVDiscard{
/* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some
* keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */
AVDISCARD_NONE =-16, ///< discard nothing
AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi
AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference
AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames
AVDISCARD_NONINTRA= 24, ///< discard all non intra frames
AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes
AVDISCARD_ALL = 48, ///< discard all
};
enum AVAudioServiceType {
AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0,
AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1,
AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2,
AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3,
AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4,
AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5,
AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6,
AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7,
AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8,
AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB , ///< Not part of ABI
};
/**
* Pan Scan area.
* This specifies the area which should be displayed.
* Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame.
*/
typedef struct AVPanScan {
/**
* id
* - encoding: Set by user.
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
*/
int id;
/**
* width and height in 1/16 pel
* - encoding: Set by user.
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
*/
int width;
int height;
/**
* position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames
* - encoding: Set by user.
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
*/
int16_t position[3][2];
} AVPanScan;
/**
* This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It
* roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD
* parameters for H.264/HEVC.
*/
typedef struct AVCPBProperties {
/**
* Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
* Zero if unknown or unspecified.
*/
int64_t max_bitrate;
/**
* Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
* Zero if unknown or unspecified.
*/
int64_t min_bitrate;
/**
* Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
* Zero if unknown or unspecified.
*/
int64_t avg_bitrate;
/**
* The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits.
* Zero if unknown or unspecified.
*/
int64_t buffer_size;
/**
* The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with
* is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz
* clock.
*
* UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified.
*/
uint64_t vbv_delay;
} AVCPBProperties;
/**
* Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default
* values.
*
* @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written
* here. This is useful for embedding it in side data.
*
* @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
*/
AVCPBProperties *av_cpb_properties_alloc(size_t *size);
/**
* This structure supplies correlation between a packet timestamp and a wall clock
* production time. The definition follows the Producer Reference Time ('prft')
* as defined in ISO/IEC 14496-12
*/
typedef struct AVProducerReferenceTime {
/**
* A UTC timestamp, in microseconds, since Unix epoch (e.g, av_gettime()).
*/
int64_t wallclock;
int flags;
} AVProducerReferenceTime;
/**
* Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs.
*
* @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long
* @param v size of extradata in bytes
* @return number of bytes written to the buffer.
*/
unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char *s, unsigned int v);
#endif // AVCODEC_DEFS_H

131
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dirac.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2007 Marco Gerards <marco@gnu.org>
* Copyright (C) 2009 David Conrad
* Copyright (C) 2011 Jordi Ortiz
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_DIRAC_H
#define AVCODEC_DIRAC_H
/**
* @file
* Interface to Dirac Decoder/Encoder
* @author Marco Gerards <marco@gnu.org>
* @author David Conrad
* @author Jordi Ortiz
*/
#include "avcodec.h"
/**
* The spec limits the number of wavelet decompositions to 4 for both
* level 1 (VC-2) and 128 (long-gop default).
* 5 decompositions is the maximum before >16-bit buffers are needed.
* Schroedinger allows this for DD 9,7 and 13,7 wavelets only, limiting
* the others to 4 decompositions (or 3 for the fidelity filter).
*
* We use this instead of MAX_DECOMPOSITIONS to save some memory.
*/
#define MAX_DWT_LEVELS 5
/**
* Parse code values:
*
* Dirac Specification ->
* 9.6.1 Table 9.1
*
* VC-2 Specification ->
* 10.4.1 Table 10.1
*/
enum DiracParseCodes {
DIRAC_PCODE_SEQ_HEADER = 0x00,
DIRAC_PCODE_END_SEQ = 0x10,
DIRAC_PCODE_AUX = 0x20,
DIRAC_PCODE_PAD = 0x30,
DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_CODED = 0x08,
DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_RAW = 0x48,
DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_LOW_DEL = 0xC8,
DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_HQ = 0xE8,
DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO1 = 0x0A,
DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO2 = 0x09,
DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO1 = 0x0D,
DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO2 = 0x0E,
DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_CO = 0x0C,
DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_RAW = 0x4C,
DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_PICT = 0xCC,
DIRAC_PCODE_MAGIC = 0x42424344,
};
typedef struct DiracVersionInfo {
int major;
int minor;
} DiracVersionInfo;
typedef struct AVDiracSeqHeader {
unsigned width;
unsigned height;
uint8_t chroma_format; ///< 0: 444 1: 422 2: 420
uint8_t interlaced;
uint8_t top_field_first;
uint8_t frame_rate_index; ///< index into dirac_frame_rate[]
uint8_t aspect_ratio_index; ///< index into dirac_aspect_ratio[]
uint16_t clean_width;
uint16_t clean_height;
uint16_t clean_left_offset;
uint16_t clean_right_offset;
uint8_t pixel_range_index; ///< index into dirac_pixel_range_presets[]
uint8_t color_spec_index; ///< index into dirac_color_spec_presets[]
int profile;
int level;
AVRational framerate;
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
enum AVColorRange color_range;
enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
DiracVersionInfo version;
int bit_depth;
} AVDiracSeqHeader;
/**
* Parse a Dirac sequence header.
*
* @param dsh this function will allocate and fill an AVDiracSeqHeader struct
* and write it into this pointer. The caller must free it with
* av_free().
* @param buf the data buffer
* @param buf_size the size of the data buffer in bytes
* @param log_ctx if non-NULL, this function will log errors here
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_dirac_parse_sequence_header(AVDiracSeqHeader **dsh,
const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_size,
void *log_ctx);
#endif /* AVCODEC_DIRAC_H */

82
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dv_profile.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H
#define AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
#include "libavutil/rational.h"
/* minimum number of bytes to read from a DV stream in order to
* determine the profile */
#define DV_PROFILE_BYTES (6 * 80) /* 6 DIF blocks */
/*
* AVDVProfile is used to express the differences between various
* DV flavors. For now it's primarily used for differentiating
* 525/60 and 625/50, but the plans are to use it for various
* DV specs as well (e.g. SMPTE314M vs. IEC 61834).
*/
typedef struct AVDVProfile {
int dsf; /* value of the dsf in the DV header */
int video_stype; /* stype for VAUX source pack */
int frame_size; /* total size of one frame in bytes */
int difseg_size; /* number of DIF segments per DIF channel */
int n_difchan; /* number of DIF channels per frame */
AVRational time_base; /* 1/framerate */
int ltc_divisor; /* FPS from the LTS standpoint */
int height; /* picture height in pixels */
int width; /* picture width in pixels */
AVRational sar[2]; /* sample aspect ratios for 4:3 and 16:9 */
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; /* picture pixel format */
int bpm; /* blocks per macroblock */
const uint8_t *block_sizes; /* AC block sizes, in bits */
int audio_stride; /* size of audio_shuffle table */
int audio_min_samples[3]; /* min amount of audio samples */
/* for 48kHz, 44.1kHz and 32kHz */
int audio_samples_dist[5]; /* how many samples are supposed to be */
/* in each frame in a 5 frames window */
const uint8_t (*audio_shuffle)[9]; /* PCM shuffling table */
} AVDVProfile;
/**
* Get a DV profile for the provided compressed frame.
*
* @param sys the profile used for the previous frame, may be NULL
* @param frame the compressed data buffer
* @param buf_size size of the buffer in bytes
* @return the DV profile for the supplied data or NULL on failure
*/
const AVDVProfile *av_dv_frame_profile(const AVDVProfile *sys,
const uint8_t *frame, unsigned buf_size);
/**
* Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters.
*/
const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
/**
* Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters.
* The frame rate is used as a best-effort parameter.
*/
const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile2(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, AVRational frame_rate);
#endif /* AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H */

93
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
* DXVA2 HW acceleration
*
* copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA2_H
#define AVCODEC_DXVA2_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2
* Public libavcodec DXVA2 header.
*/
#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602
#undef _WIN32_WINNT
#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602
#endif
#include <stdint.h>
#include <d3d9.h>
#include <dxva2api.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 DXVA2
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
*
* @{
*/
#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards
#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface
/**
* This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data
* to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
*
* The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
*/
struct dxva_context {
/**
* DXVA2 decoder object
*/
IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder;
/**
* DXVA2 configuration used to create the decoder
*/
const DXVA2_ConfigPictureDecode *cfg;
/**
* The number of surface in the surface array
*/
unsigned surface_count;
/**
* The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder
*/
LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 *surface;
/**
* A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder
*/
uint64_t workaround;
/**
* Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation
*/
unsigned report_id;
};
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA2_H */

46
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/jni.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
/*
* JNI public API functions
*
* Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Matthieu Bouron <matthieu.bouron stupeflix.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_JNI_H
#define AVCODEC_JNI_H
/*
* Manually set a Java virtual machine which will be used to retrieve the JNI
* environment. Once a Java VM is set it cannot be changed afterwards, meaning
* you can call multiple times av_jni_set_java_vm with the same Java VM pointer
* however it will error out if you try to set a different Java VM.
*
* @param vm Java virtual machine
* @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL
* @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
*/
int av_jni_set_java_vm(void *vm, void *log_ctx);
/*
* Get the Java virtual machine which has been set with av_jni_set_java_vm.
*
* @param vm Java virtual machine
* @return a pointer to the Java virtual machine
*/
void *av_jni_get_java_vm(void *log_ctx);
#endif /* AVCODEC_JNI_H */

103
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/mediacodec.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
/*
* Android MediaCodec public API
*
* Copyright (c) 2016 Matthieu Bouron <matthieu.bouron stupeflix.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H
#define AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H
#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
/**
* This structure holds a reference to a android/view/Surface object that will
* be used as output by the decoder.
*
*/
typedef struct AVMediaCodecContext {
/**
* android/view/Surface object reference.
*/
void *surface;
} AVMediaCodecContext;
/**
* Allocate and initialize a MediaCodec context.
*
* When decoding with MediaCodec is finished, the caller must free the
* MediaCodec context with av_mediacodec_default_free.
*
* @return a pointer to a newly allocated AVMediaCodecContext on success, NULL otherwise
*/
AVMediaCodecContext *av_mediacodec_alloc_context(void);
/**
* Convenience function that sets up the MediaCodec context.
*
* @param avctx codec context
* @param ctx MediaCodec context to initialize
* @param surface reference to an android/view/Surface
* @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
*/
int av_mediacodec_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVMediaCodecContext *ctx, void *surface);
/**
* This function must be called to free the MediaCodec context initialized with
* av_mediacodec_default_init().
*
* @param avctx codec context
*/
void av_mediacodec_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
/**
* Opaque structure representing a MediaCodec buffer to render.
*/
typedef struct MediaCodecBuffer AVMediaCodecBuffer;
/**
* Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it to the surface that is associated
* with the decoder. This function should only be called once on a given
* buffer, once released the underlying buffer returns to the codec, thus
* subsequent calls to this function will have no effect.
*
* @param buffer the buffer to render
* @param render 1 to release and render the buffer to the surface or 0 to
* discard the buffer
* @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
*/
int av_mediacodec_release_buffer(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int render);
/**
* Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it at the given time to the surface
* that is associated with the decoder. The timestamp must be within one second
* of the current `java/lang/System#nanoTime()` (which is implemented using
* `CLOCK_MONOTONIC` on Android). See the Android MediaCodec documentation
* of [`android/media/MediaCodec#releaseOutputBuffer(int,long)`][0] for more details.
*
* @param buffer the buffer to render
* @param time timestamp in nanoseconds of when to render the buffer
* @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
*
* [0]: https://developer.android.com/reference/android/media/MediaCodec#releaseOutputBuffer(int,%20long)
*/
int av_mediacodec_render_buffer_at_time(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int64_t time);
#endif /* AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H */

731
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/packet.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,731 @@
/*
* AVPacket public API
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_PACKET_H
#define AVCODEC_PACKET_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
#include "libavutil/rational.h"
#include "libavutil/version.h"
#include "libavcodec/version_major.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket
*
* Types and functions for working with AVPacket.
* @{
*/
enum AVPacketSideDataType {
/**
* An AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE side data packet contains exactly AVPALETTE_SIZE
* bytes worth of palette. This side data signals that a new palette is
* present.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE,
/**
* The AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA is used to notify the codec or the format
* that the extradata buffer was changed and the receiving side should
* act upon it appropriately. The new extradata is embedded in the side
* data buffer and should be immediately used for processing the current
* frame or packet.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA,
/**
* An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows:
* @code
* u32le param_flags
* if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT)
* s32le channel_count
* if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT)
* u64le channel_layout
* if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE)
* s32le sample_rate
* if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS)
* s32le width
* s32le height
* @endcode
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE,
/**
* An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of
* structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the
* packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190).
* That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks,
* as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller
* than the target payload size.
* Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows:
* @code
* u32le bit offset from the start of the packet
* u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock
* u8 GOB number
* u16le macroblock address within the GOB
* u8 horizontal MV predictor
* u8 vertical MV predictor
* u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3
* u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3
* @endcode
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO,
/**
* This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains
* ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
/**
* This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
* transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for
* correct presentation.
*
* See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
/**
* This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains
* Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D,
/**
* This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds
* to enum AVAudioServiceType.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
/**
* This side data contains quality related information from the encoder.
* @code
* u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad).
* u8 picture type
* u8 error count
* u16 reserved
* u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in and output
* @endcode
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS,
/**
* This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index
* of a "fallback" track. A fallback track indicates an alternate
* track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason.
* e.g. no decoder available for codec.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK,
/**
* This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES,
/**
* Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples
* @code
* u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
* u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
* u8 reason for start skip
* u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
* @endcode
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
/**
* An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that
* the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV
* and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used.
* @code
* u8 selected channels (0=main/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both)
* @endcode
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO,
/**
* A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for
* the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA,
/**
* Subtitle event position
* @code
* u32le x1
* u32le y1
* u32le x2
* u32le y2
* @endcode
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION,
/**
* Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is
* no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data
* size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed
* by data.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL,
/**
* The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER,
/**
* The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately
* follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS,
/**
* A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for
* the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This
* side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE,
/**
* MPEGTS stream ID as uint8_t, this is required to pass the stream ID
* information from the demuxer to the corresponding muxer.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_MPEGTS_STREAM_ID,
/**
* Mastering display metadata (based on SMPTE-2086:2014). This metadata
* should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form
* of the AVMasteringDisplayMetadata struct.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA,
/**
* This side data should be associated with a video stream and corresponds
* to the AVSphericalMapping structure.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_SPHERICAL,
/**
* Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This metadata should be
* associated with a video stream and contains data in the form of the
* AVContentLightMetadata struct.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL,
/**
* ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. This metadata should be associated with
* a video stream. A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVPacketSideData.data.
* The number of bytes of CC data is AVPacketSideData.size.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_A53_CC,
/**
* This side data is encryption initialization data.
* The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_init_info_* methods to
* access.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INIT_INFO,
/**
* This side data contains encryption info for how to decrypt the packet.
* The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_info_* methods to access.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INFO,
/**
* Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified
* in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_AFD,
/**
* Producer Reference Time data corresponding to the AVProducerReferenceTime struct,
* usually exported by some encoders (on demand through the prft flag set in the
* AVCodecContext export_side_data field).
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_PRFT,
/**
* ICC profile data consisting of an opaque octet buffer following the
* format described by ISO 15076-1.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_ICC_PROFILE,
/**
* DOVI configuration
* ref:
* dolby-vision-bitstreams-within-the-iso-base-media-file-format-v2.1.2, section 2.2
* dolby-vision-bitstreams-in-mpeg-2-transport-stream-multiplex-v1.2, section 3.3
* Tags are stored in struct AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_DOVI_CONF,
/**
* Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1:2014. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t
* where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used.
* The timecode format is described in the documentation of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum()
* function in libavutil/timecode.h.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE,
/**
* HDR10+ dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The metadata is in
* the form of the AVDynamicHDRPlus struct and contains
* information for color volume transform - application 4 of
* SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR10_PLUS,
/**
* The number of side data types.
* This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may
* change when new side data types are added.
* This must stay the last enum value.
* If its value becomes huge, some code using it
* needs to be updated as it assumes it to be smaller than other limits.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_NB
};
#define AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS //DEPRECATED
typedef struct AVPacketSideData {
uint8_t *data;
size_t size;
enum AVPacketSideDataType type;
} AVPacketSideData;
/**
* This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers
* and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and
* then passed to muxers.
*
* For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may
* contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty
* packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data
* (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding).
*
* The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field.
* If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is
* valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the
* reference count to 0.
*
* If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead
* of increasing the reference count.
*
* The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by
* av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref().
*
* sizeof(AVPacket) being a part of the public ABI is deprecated. once
* av_init_packet() is removed, new packets will only be able to be allocated
* with av_packet_alloc(), and new fields may be added to the end of the struct
* with a minor bump.
*
* @see av_packet_alloc
* @see av_packet_ref
* @see av_packet_unref
*/
typedef struct AVPacket {
/**
* A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is
* stored.
* May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted.
*/
AVBufferRef *buf;
/**
* Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which
* the decompressed packet will be presented to the user.
* Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
* pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before
* decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse
* the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps
* must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket.
*/
int64_t pts;
/**
* Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which
* the packet is decompressed.
* Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
*/
int64_t dts;
uint8_t *data;
int size;
int stream_index;
/**
* A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values
*/
int flags;
/**
* Additional packet data that can be provided by the container.
* Packet can contain several types of side information.
*/
AVPacketSideData *side_data;
int side_data_elems;
/**
* Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
* Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order.
*/
int64_t duration;
int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown
/**
* for some private data of the user
*/
void *opaque;
/**
* AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the
* contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when
* the packet is unreferenced. av_packet_copy_props() calls create a new
* reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target packet's opaque_ref field.
*
* This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar
* purpose.
*/
AVBufferRef *opaque_ref;
/**
* Time base of the packet's timestamps.
* In the future, this field may be set on packets output by encoders or
* demuxers, but its value will be by default ignored on input to decoders
* or muxers.
*/
AVRational time_base;
} AVPacket;
#if FF_API_INIT_PACKET
attribute_deprecated
typedef struct AVPacketList {
AVPacket pkt;
struct AVPacketList *next;
} AVPacketList;
#endif
#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY 0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe
#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted
/**
* Flag is used to discard packets which are required to maintain valid
* decoder state but are not required for output and should be dropped
* after decoding.
**/
#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISCARD 0x0004
/**
* The packet comes from a trusted source.
*
* Otherwise-unsafe constructs such as arbitrary pointers to data
* outside the packet may be followed.
*/
#define AV_PKT_FLAG_TRUSTED 0x0008
/**
* Flag is used to indicate packets that contain frames that can
* be discarded by the decoder. I.e. Non-reference frames.
*/
#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISPOSABLE 0x0010
enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags {
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/**
* @deprecated those are not used by any decoder
*/
AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = 0x0001,
AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002,
#endif
AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004,
AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008,
};
/**
* Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values. The resulting
* struct must be freed using av_packet_free().
*
* @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure.
*
* @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those
* must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet.
*
* @see av_new_packet
*/
AVPacket *av_packet_alloc(void);
/**
* Create a new packet that references the same data as src.
*
* This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref().
*
* @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error.
*
* @see av_packet_alloc
* @see av_packet_ref
*/
AVPacket *av_packet_clone(const AVPacket *src);
/**
* Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be
* unreferenced first.
*
* @param pkt packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
* @note passing NULL is a no-op.
*/
void av_packet_free(AVPacket **pkt);
#if FF_API_INIT_PACKET
/**
* Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values.
*
* Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be
* initialized separately.
*
* @param pkt packet
*
* @see av_packet_alloc
* @see av_packet_unref
*
* @deprecated This function is deprecated. Once it's removed,
sizeof(AVPacket) will not be a part of the ABI anymore.
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_init_packet(AVPacket *pkt);
#endif
/**
* Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with
* default values.
*
* @param pkt packet
* @param size wanted payload size
* @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise
*/
int av_new_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size);
/**
* Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding
*
* @param pkt packet
* @param size new size
*/
void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size);
/**
* Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding
*
* @param pkt packet
* @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet
*/
int av_grow_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int grow_by);
/**
* Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data.
*
* @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size,
* and buf fields, all others are left untouched.
* @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this
* function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying AVBuffer.
* The caller may not access the data through other means.
* @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer
* size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
*/
int av_packet_from_data(AVPacket *pkt, uint8_t *data, int size);
/**
* Allocate new information of a packet.
*
* @param pkt packet
* @param type side information type
* @param size side information size
* @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise
*/
uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
size_t size);
/**
* Wrap an existing array as a packet side data.
*
* @param pkt packet
* @param type side information type
* @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc()
* family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to
* pkt.
* @param size side information size
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on
* failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains
* owned by the caller.
*/
int av_packet_add_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
uint8_t *data, size_t size);
/**
* Shrink the already allocated side data buffer
*
* @param pkt packet
* @param type side information type
* @param size new side information size
* @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure
*/
int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
size_t size);
/**
* Get side information from packet.
*
* @param pkt packet
* @param type desired side information type
* @param size If supplied, *size will be set to the size of the side data
* or to zero if the desired side data is not present.
* @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise
*/
uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(const AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
size_t *size);
const char *av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type);
/**
* Pack a dictionary for use in side_data.
*
* @param dict The dictionary to pack.
* @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data
* @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise
*/
uint8_t *av_packet_pack_dictionary(AVDictionary *dict, size_t *size);
/**
* Unpack a dictionary from side_data.
*
* @param data data from side_data
* @param size size of the data
* @param dict the metadata storage dictionary
* @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure
*/
int av_packet_unpack_dictionary(const uint8_t *data, size_t size,
AVDictionary **dict);
/**
* Convenience function to free all the side data stored.
* All the other fields stay untouched.
*
* @param pkt packet
*/
void av_packet_free_side_data(AVPacket *pkt);
/**
* Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet
*
* If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the
* buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the
* data from src into it.
*
* All the other fields are copied from src.
*
* @see av_packet_unref
*
* @param dst Destination packet. Will be completely overwritten.
* @param src Source packet
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On error, dst
* will be blank (as if returned by av_packet_alloc()).
*/
int av_packet_ref(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src);
/**
* Wipe the packet.
*
* Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the
* remaining packet fields to their default values.
*
* @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced.
*/
void av_packet_unref(AVPacket *pkt);
/**
* Move every field in src to dst and reset src.
*
* @see av_packet_unref
*
* @param src Source packet, will be reset
* @param dst Destination packet
*/
void av_packet_move_ref(AVPacket *dst, AVPacket *src);
/**
* Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst.
*
* Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields
* beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size)
*
* @param dst Destination packet
* @param src Source packet
*
* @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure.
*/
int av_packet_copy_props(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src);
/**
* Ensure the data described by a given packet is reference counted.
*
* @note This function does not ensure that the reference will be writable.
* Use av_packet_make_writable instead for that purpose.
*
* @see av_packet_ref
* @see av_packet_make_writable
*
* @param pkt packet whose data should be made reference counted.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On failure, the
* packet is unchanged.
*/
int av_packet_make_refcounted(AVPacket *pkt);
/**
* Create a writable reference for the data described by a given packet,
* avoiding data copy if possible.
*
* @param pkt Packet whose data should be made writable.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. On failure, the
* packet is unchanged.
*/
int av_packet_make_writable(AVPacket *pkt);
/**
* Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one
* timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be
* ignored.
*
* @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed
* @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are
* expressed
* @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be
* converted
*/
void av_packet_rescale_ts(AVPacket *pkt, AVRational tb_src, AVRational tb_dst);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif // AVCODEC_PACKET_H

109
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/qsv.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
/*
* Intel MediaSDK QSV public API
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_QSV_H
#define AVCODEC_QSV_H
#include <mfxvideo.h>
#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
/**
* This struct is used for communicating QSV parameters between libavcodec and
* the caller. It is managed by the caller and must be assigned to
* AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
* - decoding: hwaccel_context must be set on return from the get_format()
* callback
* - encoding: hwaccel_context must be set before avcodec_open2()
*/
typedef struct AVQSVContext {
/**
* If non-NULL, the session to use for encoding or decoding.
* Otherwise, libavcodec will try to create an internal session.
*/
mfxSession session;
/**
* The IO pattern to use.
*/
int iopattern;
/**
* Extra buffers to pass to encoder or decoder initialization.
*/
mfxExtBuffer **ext_buffers;
int nb_ext_buffers;
/**
* Encoding only. If this field is set to non-zero by the caller, libavcodec
* will create an mfxExtOpaqueSurfaceAlloc extended buffer and pass it to
* the encoder initialization. This only makes sense if iopattern is also
* set to MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_OPAQUE_MEMORY.
*
* The number of allocated opaque surfaces will be the sum of the number
* required by the encoder and the user-provided value nb_opaque_surfaces.
* The array of the opaque surfaces will be exported to the caller through
* the opaque_surfaces field.
*
* The caller must set this field to zero for oneVPL (MFX_VERSION >= 2.0)
*/
int opaque_alloc;
/**
* Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. Before
* calling avcodec_open2(), the caller should set this field to the number
* of extra opaque surfaces to allocate beyond what is required by the
* encoder.
*
* On return from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set by libavcodec to
* the total number of allocated opaque surfaces.
*/
int nb_opaque_surfaces;
/**
* Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return
* from avcodec_open2(), this field will be used by libavcodec to export the
* array of the allocated opaque surfaces to the caller, so they can be
* passed to other parts of the pipeline.
*
* The buffer reference exported here is owned and managed by libavcodec,
* the callers should make their own reference with av_buffer_ref() and free
* it with av_buffer_unref() when it is no longer needed.
*
* The buffer data is an nb_opaque_surfaces-sized array of mfxFrameSurface1.
*/
AVBufferRef *opaque_surfaces;
/**
* Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return
* from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set to the surface type used in
* the opaque allocation request.
*/
int opaque_alloc_type;
} AVQSVContext;
/**
* Allocate a new context.
*
* It must be freed by the caller with av_free().
*/
AVQSVContext *av_qsv_alloc_context(void);
#endif /* AVCODEC_QSV_H */

157
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
/*
* The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for
* hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1.
*
* Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau
* Public libavcodec VDPAU header.
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
*
* VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules
* - VDPAU decoding
* - VDPAU presentation
*
* The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg
* parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding.
*
* As per the current implementation, the actual decoding
* and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU
* presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module.
*
* @{
*/
#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
#include "avcodec.h"
struct AVCodecContext;
struct AVFrame;
typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *,
const VdpPictureInfo *, uint32_t,
const VdpBitstreamBuffer *);
/**
* This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and
* the client video application.
* The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel
* function and make it available as
* AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once
* during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
* function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
* decoding functions.
*
* The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not
* be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an
* AVVDPAUContext.
*/
typedef struct AVVDPAUContext {
/**
* VDPAU decoder handle
*
* Set by user.
*/
VdpDecoder decoder;
/**
* VDPAU decoder render callback
*
* Set by the user.
*/
VdpDecoderRender *render;
AVVDPAU_Render2 render2;
} AVVDPAUContext;
/**
* @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext
*
* Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI
*/
AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void);
AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *);
void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2);
/**
* Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration.
* This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback,
* or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change
* the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent
* display preemption).
*
* @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes
* successfully.
*
* @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked
* @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration
* @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver
* @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags
*
* @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device,
VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address, unsigned flags);
/**
* Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec
* context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration.
*
* @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a
* VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context().
*
* @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream
* @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type
* (or NULL to ignore)
* @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width
* (or NULL to ignore)
* @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height
* (or NULL to ignore)
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type,
uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height);
/**
* Allocate an AVVDPAUContext.
*
* @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure.
*/
AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void);
/** @} */
#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */

45
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/version.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H
#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup libavc
* Libavcodec version macros.
*/
#include "libavutil/version.h"
#include "version_major.h"
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 3
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT
#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION)
#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */

52
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/version_major.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H
#define AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup libavc
* Libavcodec version macros.
*/
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 60
/**
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
*
* @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
* disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
* at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
*/
#define FF_API_INIT_PACKET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
#define FF_API_IDCT_NONE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
#define FF_API_SVTAV1_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
#define FF_API_AYUV_CODECID (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
#define FF_API_VT_OUTPUT_CALLBACK (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
#define FF_API_AVCODEC_CHROMA_POS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
#define FF_API_VT_HWACCEL_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
#define FF_API_AVCTX_FRAME_NUMBER (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
// reminder to remove CrystalHD decoders on next major bump
#define FF_CODEC_CRYSTAL_HD (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H */

150
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
/*
* Videotoolbox hardware acceleration
*
* copyright (c) 2012 Sebastien Zwickert
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
#define AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox
* Public libavcodec Videotoolbox header.
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox VideoToolbox Decoder
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
*
* Hardware accelerated decoding using VideoToolbox on Apple Platforms
*
* @{
*/
#include <stdint.h>
#define Picture QuickdrawPicture
#include <VideoToolbox/VideoToolbox.h>
#undef Picture
#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
/**
* This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed
* between the caller and libavcodec for initializing Videotoolbox decoding.
* Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with
* av_videotoolbox_alloc_context() and freed with av_free().
*/
typedef struct AVVideotoolboxContext {
/**
* Videotoolbox decompression session object.
*/
VTDecompressionSessionRef session;
#if FF_API_VT_OUTPUT_CALLBACK
/**
* The output callback that must be passed to the session.
* Set by av_videottoolbox_default_init()
*/
attribute_deprecated
VTDecompressionOutputCallback output_callback;
#endif
/**
* CVPixelBuffer Format Type that Videotoolbox will use for decoded frames.
* set by the caller. If this is set to 0, then no specific format is
* requested from the decoder, and its native format is output.
*/
OSType cv_pix_fmt_type;
/**
* CoreMedia Format Description that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session.
*/
CMVideoFormatDescriptionRef cm_fmt_desc;
/**
* CoreMedia codec type that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session.
*/
int cm_codec_type;
} AVVideotoolboxContext;
#if FF_API_VT_HWACCEL_CONTEXT
/**
* Allocate and initialize a Videotoolbox context.
*
* This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller
* selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VIDETOOLBOX format. The caller must then create
* the decoder object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that
* will be used for Videotoolbox-accelerated decoding.
*
* When decoding with Videotoolbox is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder
* object and free the Videotoolbox context using av_free().
*
* @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure
* @deprecated Use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx or hw_device_ctx instead.
*/
attribute_deprecated
AVVideotoolboxContext *av_videotoolbox_alloc_context(void);
/**
* This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using
* an internal implementation.
*
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
*
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
* @deprecated Use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx or hw_device_ctx instead.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_videotoolbox_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx);
/**
* This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using
* an internal implementation.
*
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
* @param vtctx the Videotoolbox context to use
*
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
* @deprecated Use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx or hw_device_ctx instead.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_videotoolbox_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVideotoolboxContext *vtctx);
/**
* This function must be called to free the Videotoolbox context initialized with
* av_videotoolbox_default_init().
*
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
* @deprecated Use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx or hw_device_ctx instead.
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_videotoolbox_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
#endif /* FF_API_VT_HWACCEL_CONTEXT */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */

74
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* A public API for Vorbis parsing
*
* Determines the duration for each packet.
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H
#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H
#include <stdint.h>
typedef struct AVVorbisParseContext AVVorbisParseContext;
/**
* Allocate and initialize the Vorbis parser using headers in the extradata.
*/
AVVorbisParseContext *av_vorbis_parse_init(const uint8_t *extradata,
int extradata_size);
/**
* Free the parser and everything associated with it.
*/
void av_vorbis_parse_free(AVVorbisParseContext **s);
#define VORBIS_FLAG_HEADER 0x00000001
#define VORBIS_FLAG_COMMENT 0x00000002
#define VORBIS_FLAG_SETUP 0x00000004
/**
* Get the duration for a Vorbis packet.
*
* If @p flags is @c NULL,
* special frames are considered invalid.
*
* @param s Vorbis parser context
* @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame
* @param buf_size size of the buffer
* @param flags flags for special frames
*/
int av_vorbis_parse_frame_flags(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf,
int buf_size, int *flags);
/**
* Get the duration for a Vorbis packet.
*
* @param s Vorbis parser context
* @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame
* @param buf_size size of the buffer
*/
int av_vorbis_parse_frame(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf,
int buf_size);
void av_vorbis_parse_reset(AVVorbisParseContext *s);
#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H */

171
ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/xvmc.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2003 Ivan Kalvachev
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_XVMC_H
#define AVCODEC_XVMC_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc
* Public libavcodec XvMC header.
*/
#pragma message("XvMC is no longer supported; this header is deprecated and will be removed")
#include <X11/extensions/XvMC.h>
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
#include "avcodec.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc XvMC
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
*
* @{
*/
#define AV_XVMC_ID 0x1DC711C0 /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct
the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */
struct attribute_deprecated xvmc_pix_fmt {
/** The field contains the special constant value AV_XVMC_ID.
It is used as a test that the application correctly uses the API,
and that there is no corruption caused by pixel routines.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int xvmc_id;
/** Pointer to the block array allocated by XvMCCreateBlocks().
The array has to be freed by XvMCDestroyBlocks().
Each group of 64 values represents one data block of differential
pixel information (in MoCo mode) or coefficients for IDCT.
- application - set the pointer during initialization
- libavcodec - fills coefficients/pixel data into the array
*/
short* data_blocks;
/** Pointer to the macroblock description array allocated by
XvMCCreateMacroBlocks() and freed by XvMCDestroyMacroBlocks().
- application - set the pointer during initialization
- libavcodec - fills description data into the array
*/
XvMCMacroBlock* mv_blocks;
/** Number of macroblock descriptions that can be stored in the mv_blocks
array.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int allocated_mv_blocks;
/** Number of blocks that can be stored at once in the data_blocks array.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int allocated_data_blocks;
/** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT
coefficients and perform IDCT on them.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int idct;
/** In MoCo mode it indicates that intra macroblocks are assumed to be in
unsigned format; same as the XVMC_INTRA_UNSIGNED flag.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int unsigned_intra;
/** Pointer to the surface allocated by XvMCCreateSurface().
It has to be freed by XvMCDestroySurface() on application exit.
It identifies the frame and its state on the video hardware.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
XvMCSurface* p_surface;
/** Set by the decoder before calling ff_draw_horiz_band(),
needed by the XvMCRenderSurface function. */
//@{
/** Pointer to the surface used as past reference
- application - unchanged
- libavcodec - set
*/
XvMCSurface* p_past_surface;
/** Pointer to the surface used as future reference
- application - unchanged
- libavcodec - set
*/
XvMCSurface* p_future_surface;
/** top/bottom field or frame
- application - unchanged
- libavcodec - set
*/
unsigned int picture_structure;
/** XVMC_SECOND_FIELD - 1st or 2nd field in the sequence
- application - unchanged
- libavcodec - set
*/
unsigned int flags;
//}@
/** Number of macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array
that have already been passed to the hardware.
- application - zeroes it on get_buffer().
A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may increment it
with filled_mb_block_num or zero both.
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int start_mv_blocks_num;
/** Number of new macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array (after
start_mv_blocks_num) that are filled by libavcodec and have to be
passed to the hardware.
- application - zeroes it on get_buffer() or after successful
ff_draw_horiz_band().
- libavcodec - increment with one of each stored MB
*/
int filled_mv_blocks_num;
/** Number of the next free data block; one data block consists of
64 short values in the data_blocks array.
All blocks before this one have already been claimed by placing their
position into the corresponding block description structure field,
that are part of the mv_blocks array.
- application - zeroes it on get_buffer().
A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may zero it together
with start_mb_blocks_num.
- libavcodec - each decoded macroblock increases it by the number
of coded blocks it contains.
*/
int next_free_data_block_num;
};
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */

397
ffmpeg/include/libavdevice/avdevice.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
#define AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
#include "version_major.h"
#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version
* to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including
* the full version information. */
#include "version.h"
#endif
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavd
* Main libavdevice API header
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavd libavdevice
* Special devices muxing/demuxing library.
*
* Libavdevice is a complementary library to @ref libavf "libavformat". It
* provides various "special" platform-specific muxers and demuxers, e.g. for
* grabbing devices, audio capture and playback etc. As a consequence, the
* (de)muxers in libavdevice are of the AVFMT_NOFILE type (they use their own
* I/O functions). The filename passed to avformat_open_input() often does not
* refer to an actually existing file, but has some special device-specific
* meaning - e.g. for xcbgrab it is the display name.
*
* To use libavdevice, simply call avdevice_register_all() to register all
* compiled muxers and demuxers. They all use standard libavformat API.
*
* @{
*/
#include "libavutil/log.h"
#include "libavutil/opt.h"
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
#include "libavformat/avformat.h"
/**
* Return the LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT constant.
*/
unsigned avdevice_version(void);
/**
* Return the libavdevice build-time configuration.
*/
const char *avdevice_configuration(void);
/**
* Return the libavdevice license.
*/
const char *avdevice_license(void);
/**
* Initialize libavdevice and register all the input and output devices.
*/
void avdevice_register_all(void);
/**
* Audio input devices iterator.
*
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device,
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d
* or NULL if d is the last one.
*/
const AVInputFormat *av_input_audio_device_next(const AVInputFormat *d);
/**
* Video input devices iterator.
*
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device,
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d
* or NULL if d is the last one.
*/
const AVInputFormat *av_input_video_device_next(const AVInputFormat *d);
/**
* Audio output devices iterator.
*
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device,
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d
* or NULL if d is the last one.
*/
const AVOutputFormat *av_output_audio_device_next(const AVOutputFormat *d);
/**
* Video output devices iterator.
*
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device,
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d
* or NULL if d is the last one.
*/
const AVOutputFormat *av_output_video_device_next(const AVOutputFormat *d);
typedef struct AVDeviceRect {
int x; /**< x coordinate of top left corner */
int y; /**< y coordinate of top left corner */
int width; /**< width */
int height; /**< height */
} AVDeviceRect;
/**
* Message types used by avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message().
*/
enum AVAppToDevMessageType {
/**
* Dummy message.
*/
AV_APP_TO_DEV_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'),
/**
* Window size change message.
*
* Message is sent to the device every time the application changes the size
* of the window device renders to.
* Message should also be sent right after window is created.
*
* data: AVDeviceRect: new window size.
*/
AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE = MKBETAG('G','E','O','M'),
/**
* Repaint request message.
*
* Message is sent to the device when window has to be repainted.
*
* data: AVDeviceRect: area required to be repainted.
* NULL: whole area is required to be repainted.
*/
AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_REPAINT = MKBETAG('R','E','P','A'),
/**
* Request pause/play.
*
* Application requests pause/unpause playback.
* Mostly usable with devices that have internal buffer.
* By default devices are not paused.
*
* data: NULL
*/
AV_APP_TO_DEV_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', ' '),
AV_APP_TO_DEV_PLAY = MKBETAG('P', 'L', 'A', 'Y'),
AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', 'T'),
/**
* Volume control message.
*
* Set volume level. It may be device-dependent if volume
* is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream volume
* change is expected when possible.
*
* data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0.
*/
AV_APP_TO_DEV_SET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('S', 'V', 'O', 'L'),
/**
* Mute control messages.
*
* Change mute state. It may be device-dependent if mute status
* is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream mute status
* change is expected when possible.
*
* data: NULL.
*/
AV_APP_TO_DEV_MUTE = MKBETAG(' ', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
AV_APP_TO_DEV_UNMUTE = MKBETAG('U', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_MUTE = MKBETAG('T', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
/**
* Get volume/mute messages.
*
* Force the device to send AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED or
* AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED command respectively.
*
* data: NULL.
*/
AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('G', 'V', 'O', 'L'),
AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_MUTE = MKBETAG('G', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
};
/**
* Message types used by avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message().
*/
enum AVDevToAppMessageType {
/**
* Dummy message.
*/
AV_DEV_TO_APP_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'),
/**
* Create window buffer message.
*
* Device requests to create a window buffer. Exact meaning is device-
* and application-dependent. Message is sent before rendering first
* frame and all one-shot initializations should be done here.
* Application is allowed to ignore preferred window buffer size.
*
* @note: Application is obligated to inform about window buffer size
* with AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE message.
*
* data: AVDeviceRect: preferred size of the window buffer.
* NULL: no preferred size of the window buffer.
*/
AV_DEV_TO_APP_CREATE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','C','R','E'),
/**
* Prepare window buffer message.
*
* Device requests to prepare a window buffer for rendering.
* Exact meaning is device- and application-dependent.
* Message is sent before rendering of each frame.
*
* data: NULL.
*/
AV_DEV_TO_APP_PREPARE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','P','R','E'),
/**
* Display window buffer message.
*
* Device requests to display a window buffer.
* Message is sent when new frame is ready to be displayed.
* Usually buffers need to be swapped in handler of this message.
*
* data: NULL.
*/
AV_DEV_TO_APP_DISPLAY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','I','S'),
/**
* Destroy window buffer message.
*
* Device requests to destroy a window buffer.
* Message is sent when device is about to be destroyed and window
* buffer is not required anymore.
*
* data: NULL.
*/
AV_DEV_TO_APP_DESTROY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','E','S'),
/**
* Buffer fullness status messages.
*
* Device signals buffer overflow/underflow.
*
* data: NULL.
*/
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_OVERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','O','F','L'),
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_UNDERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','U','F','L'),
/**
* Buffer readable/writable.
*
* Device informs that buffer is readable/writable.
* When possible, device informs how many bytes can be read/write.
*
* @warning Device may not inform when number of bytes than can be read/write changes.
*
* data: int64_t: amount of bytes available to read/write.
* NULL: amount of bytes available to read/write is not known.
*/
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_READABLE = MKBETAG('B','R','D',' '),
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_WRITABLE = MKBETAG('B','W','R',' '),
/**
* Mute state change message.
*
* Device informs that mute state has changed.
*
* data: int: 0 for not muted state, non-zero for muted state.
*/
AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','M','U','T'),
/**
* Volume level change message.
*
* Device informs that volume level has changed.
*
* data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0.
*/
AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','V','O','L'),
};
/**
* Send control message from application to device.
*
* @param s device context.
* @param type message type.
* @param data message data. Exact type depends on message type.
* @param data_size size of message data.
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error.
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) when device doesn't implement handler of the message.
*/
int avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s,
enum AVAppToDevMessageType type,
void *data, size_t data_size);
/**
* Send control message from device to application.
*
* @param s device context.
* @param type message type.
* @param data message data. Can be NULL.
* @param data_size size of message data.
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error.
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) when application doesn't implement handler of the message.
*/
int avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s,
enum AVDevToAppMessageType type,
void *data, size_t data_size);
/**
* Structure describes basic parameters of the device.
*/
typedef struct AVDeviceInfo {
char *device_name; /**< device name, format depends on device */
char *device_description; /**< human friendly name */
enum AVMediaType *media_types; /**< array indicating what media types(s), if any, a device can provide. If null, cannot provide any */
int nb_media_types; /**< length of media_types array, 0 if device cannot provide any media types */
} AVDeviceInfo;
/**
* List of devices.
*/
typedef struct AVDeviceInfoList {
AVDeviceInfo **devices; /**< list of autodetected devices */
int nb_devices; /**< number of autodetected devices */
int default_device; /**< index of default device or -1 if no default */
} AVDeviceInfoList;
/**
* List devices.
*
* Returns available device names and their parameters.
*
* @note: Some devices may accept system-dependent device names that cannot be
* autodetected. The list returned by this function cannot be assumed to
* be always completed.
*
* @param s device context.
* @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices.
* @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error.
*/
int avdevice_list_devices(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
/**
* Convenient function to free result of avdevice_list_devices().
*
* @param device_list device list to be freed.
*/
void avdevice_free_list_devices(AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
/**
* List devices.
*
* Returns available device names and their parameters.
* These are convinient wrappers for avdevice_list_devices().
* Device context is allocated and deallocated internally.
*
* @param device device format. May be NULL if device name is set.
* @param device_name device name. May be NULL if device format is set.
* @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options. May be NULL.
* The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output
* devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place
* that affects device-private options.
* @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices
* @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error.
* @note device argument takes precedence over device_name when both are set.
*/
int avdevice_list_input_sources(const AVInputFormat *device, const char *device_name,
AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
int avdevice_list_output_sinks(const AVOutputFormat *device, const char *device_name,
AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H */

45
ffmpeg/include/libavdevice/version.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVDEVICE_VERSION_H
#define AVDEVICE_VERSION_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavd
* Libavdevice version macros
*/
#include "libavutil/version.h"
#include "version_major.h"
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 1
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVDEVICE_BUILD LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT
#define LIBAVDEVICE_IDENT "Lavd" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION)
#endif /* AVDEVICE_VERSION_H */

36
ffmpeg/include/libavdevice/version_major.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR_H
#define AVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavd
* Libavdevice version macros
*/
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 60
/**
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
*/
#endif /* AVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR_H */

1491
ffmpeg/include/libavfilter/avfilter.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

173
ffmpeg/include/libavfilter/buffersink.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H
#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavfi_buffersink
* memory buffer sink API for audio and video
*/
#include "avfilter.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavfi_buffersink Buffer sink API
* @ingroup lavfi
* @{
*
* The buffersink and abuffersink filters are there to connect filter graphs
* to applications. They have a single input, connected to the graph, and no
* output. Frames must be extracted using av_buffersink_get_frame() or
* av_buffersink_get_samples().
*
* The format negotiated by the graph during configuration can be obtained
* using the accessor functions:
* - av_buffersink_get_time_base(),
* - av_buffersink_get_format(),
* - av_buffersink_get_frame_rate(),
* - av_buffersink_get_w(),
* - av_buffersink_get_h(),
* - av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio(),
* - av_buffersink_get_channels(),
* - av_buffersink_get_ch_layout(),
* - av_buffersink_get_sample_rate().
*
* The layout returned by av_buffersink_get_ch_layout() must de uninitialized
* by the caller.
*
* The format can be constrained by setting options, using av_opt_set() and
* related functions with the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag.
* - pix_fmts (int list),
* - sample_fmts (int list),
* - sample_rates (int list),
* - ch_layouts (string),
* - channel_counts (int list),
* - all_channel_counts (bool).
* Most of these options are of type binary, and should be set using
* av_opt_set_int_list() or av_opt_set_bin(). If they are not set, all
* corresponding formats are accepted.
*
* As a special case, if ch_layouts is not set, all valid channel layouts are
* accepted except for UNSPEC layouts, unless all_channel_counts is set.
*/
/**
* Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame.
*
* @param ctx pointer to a buffersink or abuffersink filter context.
* @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
* The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
* @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_* flags
*
* @return >= 0 in for success, a negative AVERROR code for failure.
*/
int av_buffersink_get_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
/**
* Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() to read video/samples buffer
* reference, but not remove it from the buffer. This is useful if you
* need only to read a video/samples buffer, without to fetch it.
*/
#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_PEEK 1
/**
* Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() not to request a frame from its input.
* If a frame is already buffered, it is read (and removed from the buffer),
* but if no frame is present, return AVERROR(EAGAIN).
*/
#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_NO_REQUEST 2
/**
* Set the frame size for an audio buffer sink.
*
* All calls to av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref will return a buffer with
* exactly the specified number of samples, or AVERROR(EAGAIN) if there is
* not enough. The last buffer at EOF will be padded with 0.
*/
void av_buffersink_set_frame_size(AVFilterContext *ctx, unsigned frame_size);
/**
* @defgroup lavfi_buffersink_accessors Buffer sink accessors
* Get the properties of the stream
* @{
*/
enum AVMediaType av_buffersink_get_type (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
AVRational av_buffersink_get_time_base (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
int av_buffersink_get_format (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
AVRational av_buffersink_get_frame_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
int av_buffersink_get_w (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
int av_buffersink_get_h (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
AVRational av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
int av_buffersink_get_channels (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
attribute_deprecated
uint64_t av_buffersink_get_channel_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
#endif
int av_buffersink_get_ch_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx,
AVChannelLayout *ch_layout);
int av_buffersink_get_sample_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
AVBufferRef * av_buffersink_get_hw_frames_ctx (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
/** @} */
/**
* Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame.
*
* @param ctx pointer to a context of a buffersink or abuffersink AVFilter.
* @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
* The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
*
* @return
* - >= 0 if a frame was successfully returned.
* - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if no frames are available at this point; more
* input frames must be added to the filtergraph to get more output.
* - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no more output frames on this sink.
* - A different negative AVERROR code in other failure cases.
*/
int av_buffersink_get_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame);
/**
* Same as av_buffersink_get_frame(), but with the ability to specify the number
* of samples read. This function is less efficient than
* av_buffersink_get_frame(), because it copies the data around.
*
* @param ctx pointer to a context of the abuffersink AVFilter.
* @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
* The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
* frame will contain exactly nb_samples audio samples, except at
* the end of stream, when it can contain less than nb_samples.
*
* @return The return codes have the same meaning as for
* av_buffersink_get_frame().
*
* @warning do not mix this function with av_buffersink_get_frame(). Use only one or
* the other with a single sink, not both.
*/
int av_buffersink_get_samples(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int nb_samples);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H */

218
ffmpeg/include/libavfilter/buffersrc.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H
#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavfi_buffersrc
* Memory buffer source API.
*/
#include "avfilter.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavfi_buffersrc Buffer source API
* @ingroup lavfi
* @{
*/
enum {
/**
* Do not check for format changes.
*/
AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_NO_CHECK_FORMAT = 1,
/**
* Immediately push the frame to the output.
*/
AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_PUSH = 4,
/**
* Keep a reference to the frame.
* If the frame if reference-counted, create a new reference; otherwise
* copy the frame data.
*/
AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF = 8,
};
/**
* Get the number of failed requests.
*
* A failed request is when the request_frame method is called while no
* frame is present in the buffer.
* The number is reset when a frame is added.
*/
unsigned av_buffersrc_get_nb_failed_requests(AVFilterContext *buffer_src);
/**
* This structure contains the parameters describing the frames that will be
* passed to this filter.
*
* It should be allocated with av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc() and freed with
* av_free(). All the allocated fields in it remain owned by the caller.
*/
typedef struct AVBufferSrcParameters {
/**
* video: the pixel format, value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat
* audio: the sample format, value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat
*/
int format;
/**
* The timebase to be used for the timestamps on the input frames.
*/
AVRational time_base;
/**
* Video only, the display dimensions of the input frames.
*/
int width, height;
/**
* Video only, the sample (pixel) aspect ratio.
*/
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
/**
* Video only, the frame rate of the input video. This field must only be
* set to a non-zero value if input stream has a known constant framerate
* and should be left at its initial value if the framerate is variable or
* unknown.
*/
AVRational frame_rate;
/**
* Video with a hwaccel pixel format only. This should be a reference to an
* AVHWFramesContext instance describing the input frames.
*/
AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
/**
* Audio only, the audio sampling rate in samples per second.
*/
int sample_rate;
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/**
* Audio only, the audio channel layout
* @deprecated use ch_layout
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint64_t channel_layout;
#endif
/**
* Audio only, the audio channel layout
*/
AVChannelLayout ch_layout;
} AVBufferSrcParameters;
/**
* Allocate a new AVBufferSrcParameters instance. It should be freed by the
* caller with av_free().
*/
AVBufferSrcParameters *av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter with the provided parameters.
* This function may be called multiple times, the later calls override the
* previous ones. Some of the parameters may also be set through AVOptions, then
* whatever method is used last takes precedence.
*
* @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter
* @param param the stream parameters. The frames later passed to this filter
* must conform to those parameters. All the allocated fields in
* param remain owned by the caller, libavfilter will make internal
* copies or references when necessary.
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_buffersrc_parameters_set(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVBufferSrcParameters *param);
/**
* Add a frame to the buffer source.
*
* @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter
* @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this
* function will make a new reference to it. Otherwise the frame data will be
* copied.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
*
* This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() with the
* AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag.
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_buffersrc_write_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, const AVFrame *frame);
/**
* Add a frame to the buffer source.
*
* @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter
* @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this
* function will take ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame.
* Otherwise the frame data will be copied. If this function returns an error,
* the input frame is not touched.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
*
* @note the difference between this function and av_buffersrc_write_frame() is
* that av_buffersrc_write_frame() creates a new reference to the input frame,
* while this function takes ownership of the reference passed to it.
*
* This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() without the
* AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag.
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_buffersrc_add_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame);
/**
* Add a frame to the buffer source.
*
* By default, if the frame is reference-counted, this function will take
* ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame. This can be controlled
* using the flags.
*
* If this function returns an error, the input frame is not touched.
*
* @param buffer_src pointer to a buffer source context
* @param frame a frame, or NULL to mark EOF
* @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_*
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code
* in case of failure
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *buffer_src,
AVFrame *frame, int flags);
/**
* Close the buffer source after EOF.
*
* This is similar to passing NULL to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags()
* except it takes the timestamp of the EOF, i.e. the timestamp of the end
* of the last frame.
*/
int av_buffersrc_close(AVFilterContext *ctx, int64_t pts, unsigned flags);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H */

48
ffmpeg/include/libavfilter/version.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
/*
* Version macros.
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_H
#define AVFILTER_VERSION_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavfi
* Libavfilter version macros
*/
#include "libavutil/version.h"
#include "version_major.h"
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 3
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVFILTER_BUILD LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT
#define LIBAVFILTER_IDENT "Lavfi" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION)
#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_H */

38
ffmpeg/include/libavfilter/version_major.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
/*
* Version macros.
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR_H
#define AVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavfi
* Libavfilter version macros
*/
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 9
/**
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
*/
#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR_H */

2830
ffmpeg/include/libavformat/avformat.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

837
ffmpeg/include/libavformat/avio.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,837 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavf_io
* Buffered I/O operations
*/
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
#include "libavutil/log.h"
#include "libavformat/version_major.h"
/**
* Seeking works like for a local file.
*/
#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL (1 << 0)
/**
* Seeking by timestamp with avio_seek_time() is possible.
*/
#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_TIME (1 << 1)
/**
* Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions.
* AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted
* function. During blocking operations, callback is called with
* opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the
* blocking operation will be aborted.
*
* No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if
* new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext
* or AVIOContext.
*/
typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB {
int (*callback)(void*);
void *opaque;
} AVIOInterruptCB;
/**
* Directory entry types.
*/
enum AVIODirEntryType {
AVIO_ENTRY_UNKNOWN,
AVIO_ENTRY_BLOCK_DEVICE,
AVIO_ENTRY_CHARACTER_DEVICE,
AVIO_ENTRY_DIRECTORY,
AVIO_ENTRY_NAMED_PIPE,
AVIO_ENTRY_SYMBOLIC_LINK,
AVIO_ENTRY_SOCKET,
AVIO_ENTRY_FILE,
AVIO_ENTRY_SERVER,
AVIO_ENTRY_SHARE,
AVIO_ENTRY_WORKGROUP,
};
/**
* Describes single entry of the directory.
*
* Only name and type fields are guaranteed be set.
* Rest of fields are protocol or/and platform dependent and might be unknown.
*/
typedef struct AVIODirEntry {
char *name; /**< Filename */
int type; /**< Type of the entry */
int utf8; /**< Set to 1 when name is encoded with UTF-8, 0 otherwise.
Name can be encoded with UTF-8 even though 0 is set. */
int64_t size; /**< File size in bytes, -1 if unknown. */
int64_t modification_timestamp; /**< Time of last modification in microseconds since unix
epoch, -1 if unknown. */
int64_t access_timestamp; /**< Time of last access in microseconds since unix epoch,
-1 if unknown. */
int64_t status_change_timestamp; /**< Time of last status change in microseconds since unix
epoch, -1 if unknown. */
int64_t user_id; /**< User ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */
int64_t group_id; /**< Group ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */
int64_t filemode; /**< Unix file mode, -1 if unknown. */
} AVIODirEntry;
#if FF_API_AVIODIRCONTEXT
typedef struct AVIODirContext {
struct URLContext *url_context;
} AVIODirContext;
#else
typedef struct AVIODirContext AVIODirContext;
#endif
/**
* Different data types that can be returned via the AVIO
* write_data_type callback.
*/
enum AVIODataMarkerType {
/**
* Header data; this needs to be present for the stream to be decodeable.
*/
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER,
/**
* A point in the output bytestream where a decoder can start decoding
* (i.e. a keyframe). A demuxer/decoder given the data flagged with
* AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, followed by any AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
* should give decodeable results.
*/
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
/**
* A point in the output bytestream where a demuxer can start parsing
* (for non self synchronizing bytestream formats). That is, any
* non-keyframe packet start point.
*/
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
/**
* This is any, unlabelled data. It can either be a muxer not marking
* any positions at all, it can be an actual boundary/sync point
* that the muxer chooses not to mark, or a later part of a packet/fragment
* that is cut into multiple write callbacks due to limited IO buffer size.
*/
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN,
/**
* Trailer data, which doesn't contain actual content, but only for
* finalizing the output file.
*/
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_TRAILER,
/**
* A point in the output bytestream where the underlying AVIOContext might
* flush the buffer depending on latency or buffering requirements. Typically
* means the end of a packet.
*/
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_FLUSH_POINT,
};
/**
* Bytestream IO Context.
* New public fields can be added with minor version bumps.
* Removal, reordering and changes to existing public fields require
* a major version bump.
* sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*.
*
* @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called
* directly, they should only be set by the client application
* when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the
* function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context()
*/
typedef struct AVIOContext {
/**
* A class for private options.
*
* If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and
* passes the options down to protocols.
*
* If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by
* the caller.
*
* warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext
* to any av_opt_* functions in that case.
*/
const AVClass *av_class;
/*
* The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr,
* buf_ptr_max, buf_end, buf_size, and pos, when reading and when writing
* (since AVIOContext is used for both):
*
**********************************************************************************
* READING
**********************************************************************************
*
* | buffer_size |
* |---------------------------------------|
* | |
*
* buffer buf_ptr buf_end
* +---------------+-----------------------+
* |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
* read buffer: |/ / consumed / | to be read /| |
* |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
* +---------------+-----------------------+
*
* pos
* +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
* input file: | | |
* +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
*
*
**********************************************************************************
* WRITING
**********************************************************************************
*
* | buffer_size |
* |--------------------------------------|
* | |
*
* buf_ptr_max
* buffer (buf_ptr) buf_end
* +-----------------------+--------------+
* |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| |
* write buffer: | / / to be flushed / / | |
* |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| |
* +-----------------------+--------------+
* buf_ptr can be in this
* due to a backward seek
*
* pos
* +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
* output file: | | |
* +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
*
*/
unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */
int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */
unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */
unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than
buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned
less data than requested, e.g. for streams where
no more data has been received yet. */
void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/...
functions. */
int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence);
int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */
int eof_reached; /**< true if was unable to read due to error or eof */
int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */
int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */
int max_packet_size;
int min_packet_size; /**< Try to buffer at least this amount of data
before flushing it. */
unsigned long checksum;
unsigned char *checksum_ptr;
unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size);
/**
* Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS.
*/
int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause);
/**
* Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index.
* Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking
* to byte position.
*/
int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index,
int64_t timestamp, int flags);
/**
* A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable.
*/
int seekable;
/**
* avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
* instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
* call the underlying seek function directly.
*/
int direct;
/**
* ',' separated list of allowed protocols.
*/
const char *protocol_whitelist;
/**
* ',' separated list of disallowed protocols.
*/
const char *protocol_blacklist;
/**
* A callback that is used instead of write_packet.
*/
int (*write_data_type)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
enum AVIODataMarkerType type, int64_t time);
/**
* If set, don't call write_data_type separately for AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
* but ignore them and treat them as AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN (to avoid needlessly
* small chunks of data returned from the callback).
*/
int ignore_boundary_point;
/**
* Maximum reached position before a backward seek in the write buffer,
* used keeping track of already written data for a later flush.
*/
unsigned char *buf_ptr_max;
/**
* Read-only statistic of bytes read for this AVIOContext.
*/
int64_t bytes_read;
/**
* Read-only statistic of bytes written for this AVIOContext.
*/
int64_t bytes_written;
} AVIOContext;
/**
* Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL.
*
* NULL is returned if no protocol could be found for the given URL.
*
* @return Name of the protocol or NULL.
*/
const char *avio_find_protocol_name(const char *url);
/**
* Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions
* of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are
* masked by the value in flags.
*
* @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the
* checked resource may change its existence or permission status from
* one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value,
* unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the
* checked resource.
*/
int avio_check(const char *url, int flags);
/**
* Open directory for reading.
*
* @param s directory read context. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed.
* @param url directory to be listed.
* @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
* this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dictionary
* containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
*/
int avio_open_dir(AVIODirContext **s, const char *url, AVDictionary **options);
/**
* Get next directory entry.
*
* Returned entry must be freed with avio_free_directory_entry(). In particular
* it may outlive AVIODirContext.
*
* @param s directory read context.
* @param[out] next next entry or NULL when no more entries.
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error. End of list is not considered an
* error.
*/
int avio_read_dir(AVIODirContext *s, AVIODirEntry **next);
/**
* Close directory.
*
* @note Entries created using avio_read_dir() are not deleted and must be
* freeded with avio_free_directory_entry().
*
* @param s directory read context.
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
*/
int avio_close_dir(AVIODirContext **s);
/**
* Free entry allocated by avio_read_dir().
*
* @param entry entry to be freed.
*/
void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry);
/**
* Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later
* freed with avio_context_free().
*
* @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext.
* The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends.
* It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat.
* AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use,
* which must be later freed with av_free().
* @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance.
* For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize.
* For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb.
* @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise.
* @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data.
* @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL.
* For stream protocols, must never return 0 but rather
* a proper AVERROR code.
* @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL.
* The function may not change the input buffers content.
* @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL.
*
* @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure.
*/
AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context(
unsigned char *buffer,
int buffer_size,
int write_flag,
void *opaque,
int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence));
/**
* Free the supplied IO context and everything associated with it.
*
* @param s Double pointer to the IO context. This function will write NULL
* into s.
*/
void avio_context_free(AVIOContext **s);
void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b);
void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size);
void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
/**
* Write a NULL-terminated string.
* @return number of bytes written.
*/
int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
/**
* Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it.
* @param s the AVIOContext
* @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string
*
* @return number of bytes written.
*/
int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
/**
* Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16BE and write it.
* @param s the AVIOContext
* @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string
*
* @return number of bytes written.
*/
int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
/**
* Mark the written bytestream as a specific type.
*
* Zero-length ranges are omitted from the output.
*
* @param s the AVIOContext
* @param time the stream time the current bytestream pos corresponds to
* (in AV_TIME_BASE units), or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown or not
* applicable
* @param type the kind of data written starting at the current pos
*/
void avio_write_marker(AVIOContext *s, int64_t time, enum AVIODataMarkerType type);
/**
* ORing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
* return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional.
* If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0.
*/
#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000
/**
* Passing this flag as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
* seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable
* means that can be extremely slow.
* This may be ignored by the seek code.
*/
#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000
/**
* fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext.
* @return new position or AVERROR.
*/
int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence);
/**
* Skip given number of bytes forward
* @return new position or AVERROR.
*/
int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset);
/**
* ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext.
* @return position or AVERROR.
*/
static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s)
{
return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR);
}
/**
* Get the filesize.
* @return filesize or AVERROR
*/
int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s);
/**
* Similar to feof() but also returns nonzero on read errors.
* @return non zero if and only if at end of file or a read error happened when reading.
*/
int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s);
/**
* Writes a formatted string to the context taking a va_list.
* @return number of bytes written, < 0 on error.
*/
int avio_vprintf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
/**
* Writes a formatted string to the context.
* @return number of bytes written, < 0 on error.
*/
int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
/**
* Write a NULL terminated array of strings to the context.
* Usually you don't need to use this function directly but its macro wrapper,
* avio_print.
*/
void avio_print_string_array(AVIOContext *s, const char *strings[]);
/**
* Write strings (const char *) to the context.
* This is a convenience macro around avio_print_string_array and it
* automatically creates the string array from the variable argument list.
* For simple string concatenations this function is more performant than using
* avio_printf since it does not need a temporary buffer.
*/
#define avio_print(s, ...) \
avio_print_string_array(s, (const char*[]){__VA_ARGS__, NULL})
/**
* Force flushing of buffered data.
*
* For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output,
* without to wait to fill the internal buffer.
*
* For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the
* reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not
* read new data, and does not perform any seeks.
*/
void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s);
/**
* Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf.
* @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
*/
int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
/**
* Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. Unlike avio_read(), this is allowed
* to read fewer bytes than requested. The missing bytes can be read in the next
* call. This always tries to read at least 1 byte.
* Useful to reduce latency in certain cases.
* @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
*/
int avio_read_partial(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
/**
* @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext
* @{
*
* @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is
* necessary
*/
int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s);
unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s);
unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s);
unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s);
uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s);
unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s);
unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s);
unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s);
uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either
* a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing
* more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it
* will be truncated if buf is too small.
* Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it
* might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings.
*
* @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen).
* If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than
* bytes actually read.
*/
int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
/**
* Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8.
* The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was
* encountered or maxlen bytes have been read.
* @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen)
*/
int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
/**
* @name URL open modes
* The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following
* constants, optionally ORed with other flags.
* @{
*/
#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */
#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */
#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Use non-blocking mode.
* If this flag is set, operations on the context will return
* AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately.
* If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return
* AVERROR(EAGAIN).
* Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the
* context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on
* network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices).
* Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be
* silently ignored.
*/
#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8
/**
* Use direct mode.
* avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
* instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
* call the underlying seek function directly.
*/
#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000
/**
* Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
* resource indicated by url.
* @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
* read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
*
* @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
* In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
* @param url resource to access
* @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
* is to be opened
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code in case of failure
*/
int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags);
/**
* Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
* resource indicated by url.
* @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
* read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
*
* @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
* In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
* @param url resource to access
* @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
* is to be opened
* @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level
* @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
* this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options
* that were not found. May be NULL.
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code in case of failure
*/
int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags,
const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
/**
* Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it.
* This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
*
* The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
* resource.
*
* @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
* @see avio_closep
*/
int avio_close(AVIOContext *s);
/**
* Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it
* and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
* This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
*
* The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
* resource.
*
* @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
* @see avio_close
*/
int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s);
/**
* Open a write only memory stream.
*
* @param s new IO context
* @return zero if no error.
*/
int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s);
/**
* Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer.
* The AVIOContext stream is left intact.
* The buffer must NOT be freed.
* No padding is added to the buffer.
*
* @param s IO context
* @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
* @return the length of the byte buffer
*/
int avio_get_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
/**
* Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer
* must be freed with av_free().
* Padding of AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer.
*
* @param s IO context
* @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
* @return the length of the byte buffer
*/
int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
/**
* Iterate through names of available protocols.
*
* @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol.
* It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will
* be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols.
* @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols,
* otherwise over input protocols.
*
* @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL
*/
const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output);
/**
* Get AVClass by names of available protocols.
*
* @return A AVClass of input protocol name or NULL
*/
const AVClass *avio_protocol_get_class(const char *name);
/**
* Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming
* protocol (e.g. MMS).
*
* @param h IO context from which to call the read_pause function pointer
* @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume
*/
int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause);
/**
* Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream.
* Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.).
*
* @param h IO context from which to call the seek function pointers
* @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to.
* If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE
* units from the beginning of the presentation.
* If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support
* seeking based on component streams, the call will fail.
* @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
* or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units.
* @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE
* and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore
* AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will
* fail if used and not supported.
* @return >= 0 on success
* @see AVInputFormat::read_seek
*/
int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index,
int64_t timestamp, int flags);
/* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. */
struct AVBPrint;
/**
* Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF.
*
* @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error
* code otherwise
*/
int avio_read_to_bprint(AVIOContext *h, struct AVBPrint *pb, size_t max_size);
/**
* Accept and allocate a client context on a server context.
* @param s the server context
* @param c the client context, must be unallocated
* @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding
* to an AVERROR on failure
*/
int avio_accept(AVIOContext *s, AVIOContext **c);
/**
* Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client.
* This function must be called on a client returned by avio_accept() before
* using it as a read/write context.
* It is separate from avio_accept() because it may block.
* A step of the handshake is defined by places where the application may
* decide to change the proceedings.
* For example, on a protocol with a request header and a reply header, each
* one can constitute a step because the application may use the parameters
* from the request to change parameters in the reply; or each individual
* chunk of the request can constitute a step.
* If the handshake is already finished, avio_handshake() does nothing and
* returns 0 immediately.
*
* @param c the client context to perform the handshake on
* @return 0 on a complete and successful handshake
* > 0 if the handshake progressed, but is not complete
* < 0 for an AVERROR code
*/
int avio_handshake(AVIOContext *c);
#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */

47
ffmpeg/include/libavformat/version.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
/*
* Version macros.
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup libavf
* Libavformat version macros
*/
#include "libavutil/version.h"
#include "version_major.h"
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 3
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT
#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION)
#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */

52
ffmpeg/include/libavformat/version_major.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
/*
* Version macros.
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR_H
#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup libavf
* Libavformat version macros
*/
// Major bumping may affect Ticket5467, 5421, 5451(compatibility with Chromium)
// Also please add any ticket numbers that you believe might be affected here
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 60
/**
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
*
* @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
* disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
* at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
*
*/
#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
#define FF_API_GET_END_PTS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
#define FF_API_AVIODIRCONTEXT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
#define FF_API_AVFORMAT_IO_CLOSE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 61)
#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1
#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR_H */

63
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/adler32.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_adler32
* Public header for Adler-32 hash function implementation.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler-32
* @ingroup lavu_hash
* Adler-32 hash function implementation.
*
* @{
*/
typedef uint32_t AVAdler;
/**
* Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer.
*
* Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call
* allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though
* they were concatenated.
*
* @param adler initial checksum value
* @param buf pointer to input buffer
* @param len size of input buffer
* @return updated checksum
*/
AVAdler av_adler32_update(AVAdler adler, const uint8_t *buf,
size_t len) av_pure;
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */

69
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H
#define AVUTIL_AES_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_aes AES
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
extern const int av_aes_size;
struct AVAES;
/**
* Allocate an AVAES context.
*/
struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVAES context.
*
* @param a The AVAES context
* @param key Pointer to the key
* @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
*
* @param a The AVAES context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 16 byte blocks
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */

99
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
/*
* AES-CTR cipher
* Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau <erankor at gmail dot com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
/**
* @defgroup lavu_aes_ctr AES-CTR
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16)
#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8)
struct AVAESCTR;
/**
* Allocate an AVAESCTR context.
*/
struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVAESCTR context.
*
* @param a The AVAESCTR context to initialize
* @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE
*/
int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key);
/**
* Release an AVAESCTR context.
*
* @param a The AVAESCTR context
*/
void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a);
/**
* Process a buffer using a previously initialized context.
*
* @param a The AVAESCTR context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param size the size of src and dst
*/
void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size);
/**
* Get the current iv
*/
const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
/**
* Generate a random iv
*/
void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
/**
* Forcefully change the 8-byte iv
*/
void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv);
/**
* Forcefully change the "full" 16-byte iv, including the counter
*/
void av_aes_ctr_set_full_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv);
/**
* Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame)
*/
void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */

72
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ambient_viewing_environment.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2023 Jan Ekström <jeebjp@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT_H
#define AVUTIL_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include "frame.h"
#include "rational.h"
/**
* Ambient viewing environment metadata as defined by H.274. The values are
* saved in AVRationals so that they keep their exactness, while allowing for
* easy access to a double value with f.ex. av_q2d.
*
* @note sizeof(AVAmbientViewingEnvironment) is not part of the public ABI, and
* it must be allocated using av_ambient_viewing_environment_alloc.
*/
typedef struct AVAmbientViewingEnvironment {
/**
* Environmental illuminance of the ambient viewing environment in lux.
*/
AVRational ambient_illuminance;
/**
* Normalized x chromaticity coordinate of the environmental ambient light
* in the nominal viewing environment according to the CIE 1931 definition
* of x and y as specified in ISO/CIE 11664-1.
*/
AVRational ambient_light_x;
/**
* Normalized y chromaticity coordinate of the environmental ambient light
* in the nominal viewing environment according to the CIE 1931 definition
* of x and y as specified in ISO/CIE 11664-1.
*/
AVRational ambient_light_y;
} AVAmbientViewingEnvironment;
/**
* Allocate an AVAmbientViewingEnvironment structure.
*
* @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
*/
AVAmbientViewingEnvironment *av_ambient_viewing_environment_alloc(size_t *size);
/**
* Allocate and add an AVAmbientViewingEnvironment structure to an existing
* AVFrame as side data.
*
* @return the newly allocated struct, or NULL on failure
*/
AVAmbientViewingEnvironment *av_ambient_viewing_environment_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
#endif /* AVUTIL_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT_H */

173
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/attributes.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y))
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y))
#else
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) 0
#endif
#ifdef __has_builtin
# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) __has_builtin(x)
#else
# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) 0
#endif
#ifndef av_always_inline
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# define av_always_inline __forceinline
#else
# define av_always_inline inline
#endif
#endif
#ifndef av_extern_inline
#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__)
# define av_extern_inline extern inline
#else
# define av_extern_inline inline
#endif
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4)
# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
#else
# define av_warn_unused_result
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline)
#else
# define av_noinline
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_pure __attribute__((pure))
#else
# define av_pure
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_const __attribute__((const))
#else
# define av_const
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_cold __attribute__((cold))
#else
# define av_cold
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__)
# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten))
#else
# define av_flatten
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated)
#else
# define attribute_deprecated
#endif
/**
* Disable warnings about deprecated features
* This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and
* scheduled for removal.
*/
#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6) || defined(__clang__)
# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \
code \
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop")
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
__pragma(warning(push)) \
__pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \
code; \
__pragma(warning(pop))
#else
# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code
#endif
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_unused __attribute__((unused))
#else
# define av_unused
#endif
/**
* Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it
* away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline
* assembler without the compiler being aware.
*/
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_used __attribute__((used))
#else
# define av_used
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias))
#else
# define av_alias
#endif
#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
# define av_uninit(x) x=x
#else
# define av_uninit(x) x
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p
# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos)))
#else
# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0
# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos)
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn))
#else
# define av_noreturn
#endif
#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */

186
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
/*
* Audio FIFO
* Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles <justin.ruggles@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Audio FIFO Buffer
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H
#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H
#include "attributes.h"
#include "samplefmt.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_audiofifo Audio FIFO Buffer
* @{
*/
/**
* Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer.
*
* - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level.
* - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format.
* - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer.
*/
typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo;
/**
* Free an AVAudioFifo.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to free
*/
void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af);
/**
* Allocate an AVAudioFifo.
*
* @param sample_fmt sample format
* @param channels number of channels
* @param nb_samples initial allocation size, in samples
* @return newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error
*/
AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels,
int nb_samples);
/**
* Reallocate an AVAudioFifo.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to reallocate
* @param nb_samples new allocation size, in samples
* @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
/**
* Write data to an AVAudioFifo.
*
* The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space
* is less than nb_samples.
*
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to write to
* @param data audio data plane pointers
* @param nb_samples number of samples to write
* @return number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR
* code on failure. If successful, the number of samples
* actually written will always be nb_samples.
*/
int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
/**
* Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
*
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
* @param data audio data plane pointers
* @param nb_samples number of samples to peek
* @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code
* on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not
* be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
* nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
*/
int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
/**
* Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
*
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
* @param data audio data plane pointers
* @param nb_samples number of samples to peek
* @param offset offset from current read position
* @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code
* on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not
* be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
* nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
*/
int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples, int offset);
/**
* Read data from an AVAudioFifo.
*
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
* @param data audio data plane pointers
* @param nb_samples number of samples to read
* @return number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code
* on failure. The number of samples actually read will not
* be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
* nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
*/
int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
/**
* Drain data from an AVAudioFifo.
*
* Removes the data without reading it.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to drain
* @param nb_samples number of samples to drain
* @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
/**
* Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer.
*
* This empties all data in the buffer.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to reset
*/
void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af);
/**
* Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading.
*
* @param af the AVAudioFifo to query
* @return number of samples available for reading
*/
int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af);
/**
* Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing.
*
* @param af the AVAudioFifo to query
* @return number of samples available for writing
*/
int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */

75
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avassert.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert().
* @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "log.h"
#include "macros.h"
/**
* assert() equivalent, that is always enabled.
*/
#define av_assert0(cond) do { \
if (!(cond)) { \
av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \
AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \
abort(); \
} \
} while (0)
/**
* assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code.
* These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speed loss.
*/
#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0
#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond)
#else
#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0)
#endif
/**
* assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code.
*/
#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1
#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond)
#define av_assert2_fpu() av_assert0_fpu()
#else
#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0)
#define av_assert2_fpu() ((void)0)
#endif
/**
* Assert that floating point operations can be executed.
*
* This will av_assert0() that the cpu is not in MMX state on X86
*/
void av_assert0_fpu(void);
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */

6
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avconfig.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0
#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */

429
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avstring.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_string
* @{
*/
/**
* Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to
* the address of the first character in str after the prefix.
*
* @param str input string
* @param pfx prefix to test
* @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
* @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
*/
int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
/**
* Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If
* it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str
* after the prefix.
*
* @param str input string
* @param pfx prefix to test
* @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
* @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
*/
int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
/**
* Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack
* of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to
* match at the start of haystack.
*
* This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr().
*
* @param haystack string to search in
* @param needle string to search for
* @return pointer to the located match within haystack
* or a null pointer if no match
*/
char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
/**
* Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack
* where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length
* string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack.
*
* This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr().
*
* @param haystack string to search in
* @param needle string to search for
* @param hay_length length of string to search in
* @return pointer to the located match within haystack
* or a null pointer if no match
*/
char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length);
/**
* Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and
* null-terminate dst.
*
* This function is the same as BSD strlcpy().
*
* @param dst destination buffer
* @param src source string
* @param size size of destination buffer
* @return the length of src
*
* @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely
* _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond
* the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
*/
size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
/**
* Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of
* no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst.
*
* This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when
* size <= strlen(dst).
*
* @param dst destination buffer
* @param src source string
* @param size size of destination buffer
* @return the total length of src and dst
*
* @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these
* absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this
* will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
*/
size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
/**
* Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of
* the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within
* the buffer.
* @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is
* appended)
* @param size total size of the destination buffer
* @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
* following parameters are used
* @return the length of the string that would have been generated
* if enough space had been available
*/
size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
/**
* Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning.
*
* @param s the string whose length to count
* @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that
* is the maximum value which is returned by the function
*/
static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len)
{
size_t i;
for (i = 0; i < len && s[i]; i++)
;
return i;
}
/**
* Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto
* allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf().
* @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
* following parameters are used.
* @return the allocated string
* @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free().
*/
char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2);
/**
* Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char,
* and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string.
*
* The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing
* whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are
* enclosed between ''.
*
* @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the
* terminating char
* @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars
* @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by
* the user, NULL in case of allocation failure
*/
char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term);
/**
* Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by
* successive calls to av_strtok().
*
* A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the
* set specified in delim.
*
* On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to
* parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s
* should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous
* call.
*
* This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1.
*
* @param s the string to parse, may be NULL
* @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL
* @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored
* information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same
* string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the
* first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated
* @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found
*/
char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr);
/**
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit.
*/
static inline av_const int av_isdigit(int c)
{
return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
}
/**
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph.
*/
static inline av_const int av_isgraph(int c)
{
return c > 32 && c < 127;
}
/**
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace.
*/
static inline av_const int av_isspace(int c)
{
return c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' ||
c == '\v';
}
/**
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase.
*/
static inline av_const int av_toupper(int c)
{
if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
c ^= 0x20;
return c;
}
/**
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase.
*/
static inline av_const int av_tolower(int c)
{
if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')
c ^= 0x20;
return c;
}
/**
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit.
*/
static inline av_const int av_isxdigit(int c)
{
c = av_tolower(c);
return av_isdigit(c) || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f');
}
/**
* Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
* @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
*/
int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b);
/**
* Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
* @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
*/
int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n);
/**
* Locale-independent strings replace.
* @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replace
*/
char *av_strireplace(const char *str, const char *from, const char *to);
/**
* Thread safe basename.
* @param path the string to parse, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators.
* @return pointer to the basename substring.
* If path does not contain a slash, the function returns a copy of path.
* If path is a NULL pointer or points to an empty string, a pointer
* to a string "." is returned.
*/
const char *av_basename(const char *path);
/**
* Thread safe dirname.
* @param path the string to parse, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators.
* @return A pointer to a string that's the parent directory of path.
* If path is a NULL pointer or points to an empty string, a pointer
* to a string "." is returned.
* @note the function may modify the contents of the path, so copies should be passed.
*/
const char *av_dirname(char *path);
/**
* Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names.
* List entries are checked from the start to the end of the names list,
* the first match ends further processing. If an entry prefixed with '-'
* matches, then 0 is returned. The "ALL" list entry is considered to
* match all names.
*
* @param name Name to look for.
* @param names List of names.
* @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise.
*/
int av_match_name(const char *name, const char *names);
/**
* Append path component to the existing path.
* Path separator '/' is placed between when needed.
* Resulting string have to be freed with av_free().
* @param path base path
* @param component component to be appended
* @return new path or NULL on error.
*/
char *av_append_path_component(const char *path, const char *component);
enum AVEscapeMode {
AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO, ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode.
AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping.
AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE, ///< Use single-quote escaping.
AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, ///< Use XML non-markup character data escaping.
};
/**
* Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the
* string.
*
* This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special
* characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list
* of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil.
*/
#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE (1 << 0)
/**
* Escape only specified special characters.
* Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered
* special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote.
*/
#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT (1 << 1)
/**
* Within AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, additionally escape single quotes for single
* quoted attributes.
*/
#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_XML_SINGLE_QUOTES (1 << 2)
/**
* Within AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, additionally escape double quotes for double
* quoted attributes.
*/
#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_XML_DOUBLE_QUOTES (1 << 3)
/**
* Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated
* string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free().
*
* @param dst pointer where an allocated string is put
* @param src string to escape, must be non-NULL
* @param special_chars string containing the special characters which
* need to be escaped, can be NULL
* @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros.
* Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to
* AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without
* notice.
* @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros
* @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error
* @see av_bprint_escape()
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES 1 ///< accept codepoints over 0x10FFFF
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS 2 ///< accept non-characters - 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES 4 ///< accept UTF-16 surrogates codes
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_EXCLUDE_XML_INVALID_CONTROL_CODES 8 ///< exclude control codes not accepted by XML
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_ALL \
AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES
/**
* Read and decode a single UTF-8 code point (character) from the
* buffer in *buf, and update *buf to point to the next byte to
* decode.
*
* In case of an invalid byte sequence, the pointer will be updated to
* the next byte after the invalid sequence and the function will
* return an error code.
*
* Depending on the specified flags, the function will also fail in
* case the decoded code point does not belong to a valid range.
*
* @note For speed-relevant code a carefully implemented use of
* GET_UTF8() may be preferred.
*
* @param codep pointer used to return the parsed code in case of success.
* The value in *codep is set even in case the range check fails.
* @param bufp pointer to the address the first byte of the sequence
* to decode, updated by the function to point to the
* byte next after the decoded sequence
* @param buf_end pointer to the end of the buffer, points to the next
* byte past the last in the buffer. This is used to
* avoid buffer overreads (in case of an unfinished
* UTF-8 sequence towards the end of the buffer).
* @param flags a collection of AV_UTF8_FLAG_* flags
* @return >= 0 in case a sequence was successfully read, a negative
* value in case of invalid sequence
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end,
unsigned int flags);
/**
* Check if a name is in a list.
* @returns 0 if not found, or the 1 based index where it has been found in the
* list.
*/
int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator);
/**
* See libc sscanf manual for more information.
* Locale-independent sscanf implementation.
*/
int av_sscanf(const char *string, const char *format, ...);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */

371
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avutil.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu
* Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core.
*/
/**
* @mainpage
*
* @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction
*
* This document describes the usage of the different libraries
* provided by FFmpeg.
*
* @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library
* @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library
* @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library
* @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library
* @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library
* @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing
* @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library
* @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library
*
* @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility
*
* Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a
* major, minor and micro version number with the
* <em>LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO}</em> macros. The major version
* number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing
* parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor
* version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major
* new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro
* version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program
* might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously
* unspecified situation.
*
* FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long
* as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols
* will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and
* values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were
* explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will
* not change.
*
* In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot
* should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the
* same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new
* FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program
* links against.
*
* However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to
* public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in
* FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented
* situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied
* by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro
* version number.
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu libavutil
* Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries.
*
* @note
* libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the
* functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include
* the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using
* media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which
* brings in most of the "core" components.
*
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing
*
* @{
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_video Video related
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_misc Other
*
* @{
*
* @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros
*
* @{
*
* @}
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_ver
* @{
*/
/**
* Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant.
*/
unsigned avutil_version(void);
/**
* Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release
* version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format
* and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code.
*/
const char *av_version_info(void);
/**
* Return the libavutil build-time configuration.
*/
const char *avutil_configuration(void);
/**
* Return the libavutil license.
*/
const char *avutil_license(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type
* @brief Media Type
*/
enum AVMediaType {
AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA
AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO,
AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO,
AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous
AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE,
AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse
AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB
};
/**
* Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type
* is unknown.
*/
const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type);
/**
* @defgroup lavu_const Constants
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific
*
* @note those definition should move to avcodec
* @{
*/
#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7
#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1<<FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT)
#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda
#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256*128-1)
#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE //FIXME maybe remove
/**
* @}
* @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific
*
* FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions
*
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Undefined timestamp value
*
* Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide
* either pts or dts.
*/
#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE ((int64_t)UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000))
/**
* Internal time base represented as integer
*/
#define AV_TIME_BASE 1000000
/**
* Internal time base represented as fractional value
*/
#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q (AVRational){1, AV_TIME_BASE}
/**
* @}
* @}
* @defgroup lavu_picture Image related
*
* AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation.
*
* @{
*/
enum AVPictureType {
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG-4
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI, ///< BI type
};
/**
* Return a single letter to describe the given picture type
* pict_type.
*
* @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character
* representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown
*/
char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type);
/**
* @}
*/
#include "common.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "rational.h"
#include "version.h"
#include "macros.h"
#include "mathematics.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "pixfmt.h"
/**
* Return x default pointer in case p is NULL.
*/
static inline void *av_x_if_null(const void *p, const void *x)
{
return (void *)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x);
}
/**
* Compute the length of an integer list.
*
* @param elsize size in bytes of each list element (only 1, 2, 4 or 8)
* @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
* @param list pointer to the list
* @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
*/
unsigned av_int_list_length_for_size(unsigned elsize,
const void *list, uint64_t term) av_pure;
/**
* Compute the length of an integer list.
*
* @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
* @param list pointer to the list
* @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
*/
#define av_int_list_length(list, term) \
av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(*(list)), list, term)
#if FF_API_AV_FOPEN_UTF8
/**
* Open a file using a UTF-8 filename.
* The API of this function matches POSIX fopen(), errors are returned through
* errno.
* @deprecated Avoid using it, as on Windows, the FILE* allocated by this
* function may be allocated with a different CRT than the caller
* who uses the FILE*. No replacement provided in public API.
*/
attribute_deprecated
FILE *av_fopen_utf8(const char *path, const char *mode);
#endif
/**
* Return the fractional representation of the internal time base.
*/
AVRational av_get_time_base_q(void);
#define AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32
#define av_fourcc2str(fourcc) av_fourcc_make_string((char[AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, fourcc)
/**
* Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a FourCC (four-character
* code) representation.
*
* @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE
* @param fourcc the fourcc to represent
* @return the buffer in input
*/
char *av_fourcc_make_string(char *buf, uint32_t fourcc);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */

72
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/base64.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006 Ryan Martell. (rdm4@martellventures.com)
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_BASE64_H
#define AVUTIL_BASE64_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
/**
* Decode a base64-encoded string.
*
* @param out buffer for decoded data
* @param in null-terminated input string
* @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at
* least 3/4 of the length of in, that is AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(strlen(in))
* @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of
* invalid input
*/
int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size);
/**
* Calculate the output size in bytes needed to decode a base64 string
* with length x to a data buffer.
*/
#define AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(x) ((x) * 3LL / 4)
/**
* Encode data to base64 and null-terminate.
*
* @param out buffer for encoded data
* @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the
* null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size)
* @param in input buffer containing the data to encode
* @param in_size size in bytes of the in buffer
* @return out or NULL in case of error
*/
char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size);
/**
* Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a
* null-terminated string.
*/
#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */

82
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/blowfish.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
/*
* Blowfish algorithm
* Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H
#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16
typedef struct AVBlowfish {
uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2];
uint32_t s[4][256];
} AVBlowfish;
/**
* Allocate an AVBlowfish context.
*/
AVBlowfish *av_blowfish_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVBlowfish context.
*
* @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
* @param key a key
* @param key_len length of the key
*/
void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
*
* @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
* @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted
* @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr,
int decrypt);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
*
* @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */

251
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bprint.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_avbprint
* AVBPrint public header
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
#include <stdarg.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "avstring.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_avbprint AVBPrint
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* A buffer to print data progressively
* @{
*/
/**
* Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size
* This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions.
*/
#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(name, size, ...) \
struct ff_pad_helper_##name { __VA_ARGS__ }; \
typedef struct name { \
__VA_ARGS__ \
char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct ff_pad_helper_##name)]; \
} name;
/**
* Buffer to print data progressively
*
* The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated.
* The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is
* encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data.
*
* Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no
* memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed
* after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as
* declaring a local `char buf[512]`.
*
* The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is
* then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total
* length.
*
* In other words, AVBPrint.len can be greater than AVBPrint.size and records
* the total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been
* enough memory.
*
* Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory
* allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length
* is still updated. This situation can be tested with
* av_bprint_is_complete().
*
* The AVBPrint.size_max field determines several possible behaviours:
* - `size_max = -1` (= `UINT_MAX`) or any large value will let the buffer be
* reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost.
* - `size_max = 0` prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total
* length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in
* a buffer with exactly the necessary size
* (using `size_init = size_max = len + 1`).
* - `size_max = 1` is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the
* structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The
* internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text,
* such as the current paragraph.
*/
FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024,
char *str; /**< string so far */
unsigned len; /**< length so far */
unsigned size; /**< allocated memory */
unsigned size_max; /**< maximum allocated memory */
char reserved_internal_buffer[1];
)
/**
* @name Max size special values
* Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max
* parameter.
* @{
*/
/**
* Buffer will be reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost.
*/
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1)
/**
* Use the exact size available in the AVBPrint structure itself.
*
* Thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The internal buffer is large
* enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text, such as the current paragraph.
*/
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1
/**
* Do not write anything to the buffer, only calculate the total length.
*
* The write operations can then possibly be repeated in a buffer with
* exactly the necessary size (using `size_init = size_max = AVBPrint.len + 1`).
*/
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0
/** @} */
/**
* Init a print buffer.
*
* @param buf buffer to init
* @param size_init initial size (including the final 0)
* @param size_max maximum size;
* - `0` means do not write anything, just count the length
* - `1` is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage
* any large value means that the internal buffer will be
* reallocated as needed up to that limit
* - `-1` is converted to `UINT_MAX`, the largest limit possible.
* Check also `AV_BPRINT_SIZE_*` macros.
*/
void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max);
/**
* Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer.
*
* The buffer will not be reallocated.
*
* @param buf buffer structure to init
* @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data
* @param size size of buffer
*/
void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size);
/**
* Append a formatted string to a print buffer.
*/
void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
/**
* Append a formatted string to a print buffer.
*/
void av_vbprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, va_list vl_arg);
/**
* Append char c n times to a print buffer.
*/
void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n);
/**
* Append data to a print buffer.
*
* param buf bprint buffer to use
* param data pointer to data
* param size size of data
*/
void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size);
struct tm;
/**
* Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer.
*
* param buf bprint buffer to use
* param fmt date and time format string, see strftime()
* param tm broken-down time structure to translate
*
* @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may
* produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and
* the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option.
*/
void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm);
/**
* Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use.
*
* @param[in] buf buffer structure
* @param[in] size required size
* @param[out] mem pointer to the memory area
* @param[out] actual_size size of the memory area after allocation;
* can be larger or smaller than size
*/
void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size,
unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size);
/**
* Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data.
*/
void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf);
/**
* Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated).
*
* It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure
* or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary).
*/
static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(const AVBPrint *buf)
{
return buf->len < buf->size;
}
/**
* Finalize a print buffer.
*
* The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards,
* but the len and size fields are still valid.
*
* @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the
* buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails;
* if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed
* @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM))
*/
int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str);
/**
* Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf.
*
* @param dstbuf already inited destination bprint buffer
* @param src string containing the text to escape
* @param special_chars string containing the special characters which
* need to be escaped, can be NULL
* @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros.
* Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to
* AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without
* notice.
* @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros
*/
void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
/** @} */
#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */

111
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bswap.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* byte swapping routines
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
#include "attributes.h"
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#if ARCH_AARCH64
# include "aarch64/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_ARM
# include "arm/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_AVR32
# include "avr32/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_RISCV
# include "riscv/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_SH4
# include "sh4/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_X86
# include "x86/bswap.h"
#endif
#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff))
#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16))
#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32))
#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x)
#ifndef av_bswap16
static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x)
{
x= (x>>8) | (x<<8);
return x;
}
#endif
#ifndef av_bswap32
static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x)
{
return AV_BSWAP32C(x);
}
#endif
#ifndef av_bswap64
static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x)
{
return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32);
}
#endif
// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian
// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
#define av_be2ne16(x) (x)
#define av_be2ne32(x) (x)
#define av_be2ne64(x) (x)
#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x)
#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
#else
#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
#define av_le2ne16(x) (x)
#define av_le2ne32(x) (x)
#define av_le2ne64(x) (x)
#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x)
#endif
#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x)
#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x)
#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x)
#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x)
#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x)
#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x)
#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */

322
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/buffer.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_buffer
* refcounted data buffer API
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* @{
* AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers.
*
* There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer
* represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed
* by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may
* e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references
* are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single
* reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the
* caller directly.
*
* There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single
* reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and
* av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing
* reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref().
* Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the
* data once all the references are freed).
*
* The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the
* buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and
* it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is
* provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will
* automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary.
* Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention,
* however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its
* control.
*
* @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus
* may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for
* additional locking.
*
* @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different
* parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal).
*/
/**
* A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through
* references (AVBufferRef).
*/
typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer;
/**
* A reference to a data buffer.
*
* The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant
* to be allocated directly.
*/
typedef struct AVBufferRef {
AVBuffer *buffer;
/**
* The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if
* this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case
* av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1.
*/
uint8_t *data;
/**
* Size of data in bytes.
*/
size_t size;
} AVBufferRef;
/**
* Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc().
*
* @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory
*/
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(size_t size);
/**
* Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized
* to zero.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(size_t size);
/**
* Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one
* reference.
*/
#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0)
/**
* Create an AVBuffer from an existing array.
*
* If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may
* only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from
* it.
* If this function fails, data is left untouched.
* @param data data array
* @param size size of data in bytes
* @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data
* @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free
* @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_*
*
* @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, size_t size,
void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data),
void *opaque, int flags);
/**
* Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data.
* This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called
* directly.
*/
void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data);
/**
* Create a new reference to an AVBuffer.
*
* @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on
* failure.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(const AVBufferRef *buf);
/**
* Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more
* references to it.
*
* @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return.
*/
void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf);
/**
* @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is
* true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer).
* Return 0 otherwise.
* A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf.
*/
int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf);
/**
* @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create.
*/
void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf);
int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf);
/**
* Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy
* if possible.
*
* @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left
* untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is
* written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched.
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
*/
int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf);
/**
* Reallocate a given buffer.
*
* @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be
* unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be
* written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf
* may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated.
* @param size required new buffer size.
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
*
* @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was
* initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one
* reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases
* a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied.
*/
int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, size_t size);
/**
* Ensure dst refers to the same data as src.
*
* When *dst is already equivalent to src, do nothing. Otherwise unreference dst
* and replace it with a new reference to src.
*
* @param dst Pointer to either a valid buffer reference or NULL. On success,
* this will point to a buffer reference equivalent to src. On
* failure, dst will be left untouched.
* @param src A buffer reference to replace dst with. May be NULL, then this
* function is equivalent to av_buffer_unref(dst).
* @return 0 on success
* AVERROR(ENOMEM) on memory allocation failure.
*/
int av_buffer_replace(AVBufferRef **dst, const AVBufferRef *src);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* @{
* AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers.
*
* Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is
* meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the
* same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio
* frames).
*
* At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the
* buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to
* get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new
* reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by
* av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is
* unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be
* reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls.
*
* When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new
* buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable.
* Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed.
*
* Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as
* either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is
* thread-safe.
*/
/**
* The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed
* directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with
* av_buffer_pool_uninit().
*/
typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool;
/**
* Allocate and initialize a buffer pool.
*
* @param size size of each buffer in this pool
* @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
* pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used
* (av_buffer_alloc()).
* @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
*/
AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(size_t size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(size_t size));
/**
* Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator.
*
* @param size size of each buffer in this pool
* @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator
* @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
* pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be
* used (av_buffer_alloc()).
* @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool
* is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called
* by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool
* and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque
* data. May be NULL.
* @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
*/
AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(size_t size, void *opaque,
AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, size_t size),
void (*pool_free)(void *opaque));
/**
* Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only
* once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it
* is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still
* in use.
*
* @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL.
*/
void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool);
/**
* Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available.
* This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads.
*
* @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool);
/**
* Query the original opaque parameter of an allocated buffer in the pool.
*
* @param ref a buffer reference to a buffer returned by av_buffer_pool_get.
* @return the opaque parameter set by the buffer allocator function of the
* buffer pool.
*
* @note the opaque parameter of ref is used by the buffer pool implementation,
* therefore you have to use this function to access the original opaque
* parameter of an allocated buffer.
*/
void *av_buffer_pool_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *ref);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */

70
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/camellia.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
/*
* An implementation of the CAMELLIA algorithm as mentioned in RFC3713
* Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H
#define AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @file
* @brief Public header for libavutil CAMELLIA algorithm
* @defgroup lavu_camellia CAMELLIA
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
extern const int av_camellia_size;
struct AVCAMELLIA;
/**
* Allocate an AVCAMELLIA context
* To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
*/
struct AVCAMELLIA *av_camellia_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVCAMELLIA context.
*
* @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context
* @param key a key of 16, 24, 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption
* @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 128, 192, 256
*/
int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
*
* @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 16 byte blocks
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H */

80
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cast5.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
/*
* An implementation of the CAST128 algorithm as mentioned in RFC2144
* Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CAST5_H
#define AVUTIL_CAST5_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @file
* @brief Public header for libavutil CAST5 algorithm
* @defgroup lavu_cast5 CAST5
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
extern const int av_cast5_size;
struct AVCAST5;
/**
* Allocate an AVCAST5 context
* To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
*/
struct AVCAST5 *av_cast5_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVCAST5 context.
*
* @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
* @param key a key of 5,6,...16 bytes used for encryption/decryption
* @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 40,48,...,128
* @return 0 on success, less than 0 on failure
*/
int av_cast5_init(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, ECB mode only
*
* @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_cast5_crypt(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, int decrypt);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
*
* @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_cast5_crypt2(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_CAST5_H */

783
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,783 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
* Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "version.h"
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_audio_channels
* Public libavutil channel layout APIs header.
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu_audio_channels Audio channels
* @ingroup lavu_audio
*
* Audio channel layout utility functions
*
* @{
*/
enum AVChannel {
///< Invalid channel index
AV_CHAN_NONE = -1,
AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT,
AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT,
AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER,
AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY,
AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT,
AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT,
AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER,
AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER,
AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER,
AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT,
AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT,
AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER,
AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT,
AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER,
AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT,
AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT,
AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER,
AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT,
/** Stereo downmix. */
AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT = 29,
/** See above. */
AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT,
AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT,
AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT,
AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT,
AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT,
AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2,
AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT,
AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT,
AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER,
AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT,
AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT,
/** Channel is empty can be safely skipped. */
AV_CHAN_UNUSED = 0x200,
/** Channel contains data, but its position is unknown. */
AV_CHAN_UNKNOWN = 0x300,
/**
* Range of channels between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
* AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END represent Ambisonic components using the ACN system.
*
* Given a channel id `<i>` between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
* AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the ACN index of the channel `<n>` is
* `<n> = <i> - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE`.
*
* @note these values are only used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM channel
* orderings, the AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC ordering orders the channels
* implicitly by their position in the stream.
*/
AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE = 0x400,
// leave space for 1024 ids, which correspond to maximum order-32 harmonics,
// which should be enough for the foreseeable use cases
AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END = 0x7ff,
};
enum AVChannelOrder {
/**
* Only the channel count is specified, without any further information
* about the channel order.
*/
AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC,
/**
* The native channel order, i.e. the channels are in the same order in
* which they are defined in the AVChannel enum. This supports up to 63
* different channels.
*/
AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE,
/**
* The channel order does not correspond to any other predefined order and
* is stored as an explicit map. For example, this could be used to support
* layouts with 64 or more channels, or with empty/skipped (AV_CHAN_SILENCE)
* channels at arbitrary positions.
*/
AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM,
/**
* The audio is represented as the decomposition of the sound field into
* spherical harmonics. Each channel corresponds to a single expansion
* component. Channels are ordered according to ACN (Ambisonic Channel
* Number).
*
* The channel with the index n in the stream contains the spherical
* harmonic of degree l and order m given by
* @code{.unparsed}
* l = floor(sqrt(n)),
* m = n - l * (l + 1).
* @endcode
*
* Conversely given a spherical harmonic of degree l and order m, the
* corresponding channel index n is given by
* @code{.unparsed}
* n = l * (l + 1) + m.
* @endcode
*
* Normalization is assumed to be SN3D (Schmidt Semi-Normalization)
* as defined in AmbiX format $ 2.1.
*/
AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC,
};
/**
* @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks
*
* A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel.
* The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels.
* The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known.
* @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels
* combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as
* dual-mono.
*
* @{
*/
#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT )
#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER )
#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY )
#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT )
#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER )
#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER )
#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT )
#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER )
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER )
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT )
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER )
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT )
#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT )
#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT )
#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 )
#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT )
#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER )
#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT )
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout
to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output
to be the native codec channel order.
@deprecated channel order is now indicated in a special field in
AVChannelLayout
*/
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL
#endif
/**
* @}
* @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts
* @{
* */
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_CUBE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT)
enum AVMatrixEncoding {
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE,
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB
};
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* An AVChannelCustom defines a single channel within a custom order layout
*
* Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelCustom) is a part of the
* public ABI.
*
* No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump.
*/
typedef struct AVChannelCustom {
enum AVChannel id;
char name[16];
void *opaque;
} AVChannelCustom;
/**
* An AVChannelLayout holds information about the channel layout of audio data.
*
* A channel layout here is defined as a set of channels ordered in a specific
* way (unless the channel order is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, in which case an
* AVChannelLayout carries only the channel count).
* All orders may be treated as if they were AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC by
* ignoring everything but the channel count, as long as av_channel_layout_check()
* considers they are valid.
*
* Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelLayout) is a part of the
* public ABI and may be used by the caller. E.g. it may be allocated on stack
* or embedded in caller-defined structs.
*
* AVChannelLayout can be initialized as follows:
* - default initialization with {0}, followed by setting all used fields
* correctly;
* - by assigning one of the predefined AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_* initializers;
* - with a constructor function, such as av_channel_layout_default(),
* av_channel_layout_from_mask() or av_channel_layout_from_string().
*
* The channel layout must be unitialized with av_channel_layout_uninit()
*
* Copying an AVChannelLayout via assigning is forbidden,
* av_channel_layout_copy() must be used instead (and its return value should
* be checked)
*
* No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump, except for
* new elements of the union fitting in sizeof(uint64_t).
*/
typedef struct AVChannelLayout {
/**
* Channel order used in this layout.
* This is a mandatory field.
*/
enum AVChannelOrder order;
/**
* Number of channels in this layout. Mandatory field.
*/
int nb_channels;
/**
* Details about which channels are present in this layout.
* For AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, this field is undefined and must not be
* used.
*/
union {
/**
* This member must be used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, and may be used
* for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC to signal non-diegetic channels.
* It is a bitmask, where the position of each set bit means that the
* AVChannel with the corresponding value is present.
*
* I.e. when (mask & (1 << AV_CHAN_FOO)) is non-zero, then AV_CHAN_FOO
* is present in the layout. Otherwise it is not present.
*
* @note when a channel layout using a bitmask is constructed or
* modified manually (i.e. not using any of the av_channel_layout_*
* functions), the code doing it must ensure that the number of set bits
* is equal to nb_channels.
*/
uint64_t mask;
/**
* This member must be used when the channel order is
* AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM. It is a nb_channels-sized array, with each
* element signalling the presence of the AVChannel with the
* corresponding value in map[i].id.
*
* I.e. when map[i].id is equal to AV_CHAN_FOO, then AV_CH_FOO is the
* i-th channel in the audio data.
*
* When map[i].id is in the range between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
* AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the channel contains an ambisonic
* component with ACN index (as defined above)
* n = map[i].id - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE.
*
* map[i].name may be filled with a 0-terminated string, in which case
* it will be used for the purpose of identifying the channel with the
* convenience functions below. Otherise it must be zeroed.
*/
AVChannelCustom *map;
} u;
/**
* For some private data of the user.
*/
void *opaque;
} AVChannelLayout;
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(nb, m) \
{ .order = AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, .nb_channels = (nb), .u = { .mask = (m) }}
/**
* @name Common pre-defined channel layouts
* @{
*/
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MONO AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(1, AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2, AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_SURROUND AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_3POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_QUAD AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_CUBE AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_CUBE)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(16, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2, AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_22POINT2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(24, AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_AMBISONIC_FIRST_ORDER \
{ .order = AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC, .nb_channels = 4, .u = { .mask = 0 }}
/** @} */
struct AVBPrint;
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/**
* @name Deprecated Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found.
*
* name can be one or several of the following notations,
* separated by '+' or '|':
* - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0,
* 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix);
* - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC,
* SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR);
* - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding
* the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see
* av_get_default_channel_layout);
* - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the
* AV_CH_* macros).
*
* Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7"
*
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_from_string()
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name);
/**
* Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name.
*
* This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse
* unknown channel layout specifications.
*
* @param[in] name channel layout specification string
* @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown)
* @param[out] nb_channels number of channels
*
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails.
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_from_string()
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels);
/**
* Return a description of a channel layout.
* If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout.
*
* @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout
* @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer
* @param nb_channels number of channels
* @param channel_layout channel layout bitset
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_describe()
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
/**
* Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer.
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_describe()
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
/**
* Return the number of channels in the channel layout.
* @deprecated use AVChannelLayout.nb_channels
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout);
/**
* Return default channel layout for a given number of channels.
*
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_default()
*/
attribute_deprecated
int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels);
/**
* Get the index of a channel in channel_layout.
*
* @param channel_layout channel layout bitset
* @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be
* present in channel_layout.
*
* @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR
* on error.
*
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_index_from_channel()
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout,
uint64_t channel);
/**
* Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout.
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_channel_from_index()
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index);
/**
* Get the name of a given channel.
*
* @return channel name on success, NULL on error.
*
* @deprecated use av_channel_name()
*/
attribute_deprecated
const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel);
/**
* Get the description of a given channel.
*
* @param channel a channel layout with a single channel
* @return channel description on success, NULL on error
* @deprecated use av_channel_description()
*/
attribute_deprecated
const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel);
/**
* Get the value and name of a standard channel layout.
*
* @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0
* @param[out] layout channel layout mask
* @param[out] name name of the layout
* @return 0 if the layout exists,
* <0 if index is beyond the limits
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_standard()
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout,
const char **name);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif
/**
* Get a human readable string in an abbreviated form describing a given channel.
* This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_from_string().
*
* @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string
* @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer.
* @param channel the AVChannel whose name to get
* @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR
* on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the
* string was truncated.
*/
int av_channel_name(char *buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel);
/**
* bprint variant of av_channel_name().
*
* @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer.
*/
void av_channel_name_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id);
/**
* Get a human readable string describing a given channel.
*
* @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string
* @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer.
* @param channel the AVChannel whose description to get
* @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR
* on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the
* string was truncated.
*/
int av_channel_description(char *buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel);
/**
* bprint variant of av_channel_description().
*
* @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer.
*/
void av_channel_description_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id);
/**
* This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_name().
*
* @return the channel with the given name
* AV_CHAN_NONE when name does not identify a known channel
*/
enum AVChannel av_channel_from_string(const char *name);
/**
* Initialize a native channel layout from a bitmask indicating which channels
* are present.
*
* @param channel_layout the layout structure to be initialized
* @param mask bitmask describing the channel layout
*
* @return 0 on success
* AVERROR(EINVAL) for invalid mask values
*/
int av_channel_layout_from_mask(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, uint64_t mask);
/**
* Initialize a channel layout from a given string description.
* The input string can be represented by:
* - the formal channel layout name (returned by av_channel_layout_describe())
* - single or multiple channel names (returned by av_channel_name(), eg. "FL",
* or concatenated with "+", each optionally containing a custom name after
* a "@", eg. "FL@Left+FR@Right+LFE")
* - a decimal or hexadecimal value of a native channel layout (eg. "4" or "0x4")
* - the number of channels with default layout (eg. "4c")
* - the number of unordered channels (eg. "4C" or "4 channels")
* - the ambisonic order followed by optional non-diegetic channels (eg.
* "ambisonic 2+stereo")
*
* @param channel_layout input channel layout
* @param str string describing the channel layout
* @return 0 channel layout was detected, AVERROR_INVALIDATATA otherwise
*/
int av_channel_layout_from_string(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
const char *str);
/**
* Get the default channel layout for a given number of channels.
*
* @param ch_layout the layout structure to be initialized
* @param nb_channels number of channels
*/
void av_channel_layout_default(AVChannelLayout *ch_layout, int nb_channels);
/**
* Iterate over all standard channel layouts.
*
* @param opaque a pointer where libavutil will store the iteration state. Must
* point to NULL to start the iteration.
*
* @return the standard channel layout or NULL when the iteration is
* finished
*/
const AVChannelLayout *av_channel_layout_standard(void **opaque);
/**
* Free any allocated data in the channel layout and reset the channel
* count to 0.
*
* @param channel_layout the layout structure to be uninitialized
*/
void av_channel_layout_uninit(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout);
/**
* Make a copy of a channel layout. This differs from just assigning src to dst
* in that it allocates and copies the map for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM.
*
* @note the destination channel_layout will be always uninitialized before copy.
*
* @param dst destination channel layout
* @param src source channel layout
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
*/
int av_channel_layout_copy(AVChannelLayout *dst, const AVChannelLayout *src);
/**
* Get a human-readable string describing the channel layout properties.
* The string will be in the same format that is accepted by
* @ref av_channel_layout_from_string(), allowing to rebuild the same
* channel layout, except for opaque pointers.
*
* @param channel_layout channel layout to be described
* @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string
* @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer.
* @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR
* on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the
* string was truncated.
*/
int av_channel_layout_describe(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
char *buf, size_t buf_size);
/**
* bprint variant of av_channel_layout_describe().
*
* @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer.
* @return 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR value on failure.
*/
int av_channel_layout_describe_bprint(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
struct AVBPrint *bp);
/**
* Get the channel with the given index in a channel layout.
*
* @param channel_layout input channel layout
* @param idx index of the channel
* @return channel with the index idx in channel_layout on success or
* AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if idx is not valid or the channel order is
* unspecified)
*/
enum AVChannel
av_channel_layout_channel_from_index(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, unsigned int idx);
/**
* Get the index of a given channel in a channel layout. In case multiple
* channels are found, only the first match will be returned.
*
* @param channel_layout input channel layout
* @param channel the channel whose index to obtain
* @return index of channel in channel_layout on success or a negative number if
* channel is not present in channel_layout.
*/
int av_channel_layout_index_from_channel(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
enum AVChannel channel);
/**
* Get the index in a channel layout of a channel described by the given string.
* In case multiple channels are found, only the first match will be returned.
*
* This function accepts channel names in the same format as
* @ref av_channel_from_string().
*
* @param channel_layout input channel layout
* @param name string describing the channel whose index to obtain
* @return a channel index described by the given string, or a negative AVERROR
* value.
*/
int av_channel_layout_index_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
const char *name);
/**
* Get a channel described by the given string.
*
* This function accepts channel names in the same format as
* @ref av_channel_from_string().
*
* @param channel_layout input channel layout
* @param name string describing the channel to obtain
* @return a channel described by the given string in channel_layout on success
* or AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if the string is not valid or the channel
* order is unspecified)
*/
enum AVChannel
av_channel_layout_channel_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
const char *name);
/**
* Find out what channels from a given set are present in a channel layout,
* without regard for their positions.
*
* @param channel_layout input channel layout
* @param mask a combination of AV_CH_* representing a set of channels
* @return a bitfield representing all the channels from mask that are present
* in channel_layout
*/
uint64_t av_channel_layout_subset(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
uint64_t mask);
/**
* Check whether a channel layout is valid, i.e. can possibly describe audio
* data.
*
* @param channel_layout input channel layout
* @return 1 if channel_layout is valid, 0 otherwise.
*/
int av_channel_layout_check(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout);
/**
* Check whether two channel layouts are semantically the same, i.e. the same
* channels are present on the same positions in both.
*
* If one of the channel layouts is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, while the other is
* not, they are considered to be unequal. If both are AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC,
* they are considered equal iff the channel counts are the same in both.
*
* @param chl input channel layout
* @param chl1 input channel layout
* @return 0 if chl and chl1 are equal, 1 if they are not equal. A negative
* AVERROR code if one or both are invalid.
*/
int av_channel_layout_compare(const AVChannelLayout *chl, const AVChannelLayout *chl1);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */

578
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/common.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,578 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* common internal and external API header
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H
#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H
#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C)
#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "macros.h"
//rounded division & shift
#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b))
/* assume b>0 */
#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>=0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b))
/* Fast a/(1<<b) rounded toward +inf. Assume a>=0 and b>=0 */
#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \
: ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b))
/* Backwards compat. */
#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT
#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b))
#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b))
/**
* Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they
* are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same
* as with *abs()
* @see FFNABS()
*/
#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1)
/**
* Negative Absolute value.
* this works for all integers of all types.
* As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have
* a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior.
*/
#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
/**
* Unsigned Absolute value.
* This takes the absolute value of a signed int and returns it as a unsigned.
* This also works with INT_MIN which would otherwise not be representable
* As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice.
*/
#define FFABSU(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(unsigned)(a) : (unsigned)(a))
#define FFABS64U(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(uint64_t)(a) : (uint64_t)(a))
/* misc math functions */
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
# include "config.h"
# include "intmath.h"
#endif
#ifndef av_ceil_log2
# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip
# define av_clip av_clip_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip64
# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_uint8
# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_int8
# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_uint16
# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_int16
# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clipl_int32
# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_intp2
# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_uintp2
# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_mod_uintp2
# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_add32
# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_dadd32
# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_sub32
# define av_sat_sub32 av_sat_sub32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_dsub32
# define av_sat_dsub32 av_sat_dsub32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_add64
# define av_sat_add64 av_sat_add64_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_sub64
# define av_sat_sub64 av_sat_sub64_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clipf
# define av_clipf av_clipf_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clipd
# define av_clipd av_clipd_c
#endif
#ifndef av_popcount
# define av_popcount av_popcount_c
#endif
#ifndef av_popcount64
# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c
#endif
#ifndef av_parity
# define av_parity av_parity_c
#endif
#ifndef av_log2
av_const int av_log2(unsigned v);
#endif
#ifndef av_log2_16bit
av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v);
#endif
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax)
{
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
if (amin > amax) abort();
#endif
if (a < amin) return amin;
else if (a > amax) return amax;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax)
{
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
if (amin > amax) abort();
#endif
if (a < amin) return amin;
else if (a > amax) return amax;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a)
{
if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a)
{
if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a)
{
if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a)
{
if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a)
{
if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF);
else return (int32_t)a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param p bit position to clip at
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p)
{
if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1))
return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1);
else
return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param p bit position to clip at
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p)
{
if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return (~a) >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1);
else return a;
}
/**
* Clear high bits from an unsigned integer starting with specific bit position
* @param a value to clip
* @param p bit position to clip at
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_mod_uintp2_c(unsigned a, unsigned p)
{
return a & ((1U << p) - 1);
}
/**
* Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
*
* @param a one value
* @param b another value
* @return sum with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b)
{
return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a + b);
}
/**
* Add a doubled value to another value with saturation at both stages.
*
* @param a first value
* @param b value doubled and added to a
* @return sum sat(a + sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b)
{
return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
}
/**
* Subtract two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
*
* @param a one value
* @param b another value
* @return difference with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int av_sat_sub32_c(int a, int b)
{
return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a - b);
}
/**
* Subtract a doubled value from another value with saturation at both stages.
*
* @param a first value
* @param b value doubled and subtracted from a
* @return difference sat(a - sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int av_sat_dsub32_c(int a, int b)
{
return av_sat_sub32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
}
/**
* Add two signed 64-bit values with saturation.
*
* @param a one value
* @param b another value
* @return sum with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_add64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) {
#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5,1)) || AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_add_overflow)
int64_t tmp;
return !__builtin_add_overflow(a, b, &tmp) ? tmp : (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN);
#else
int64_t s = a+(uint64_t)b;
if ((int64_t)(a^b | ~s^b) >= 0)
return INT64_MAX ^ (b >> 63);
return s;
#endif
}
/**
* Subtract two signed 64-bit values with saturation.
*
* @param a one value
* @param b another value
* @return difference with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_sub64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) {
#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5,1)) || AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_sub_overflow)
int64_t tmp;
return !__builtin_sub_overflow(a, b, &tmp) ? tmp : (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN);
#else
if (b <= 0 && a >= INT64_MAX + b)
return INT64_MAX;
if (b >= 0 && a <= INT64_MIN + b)
return INT64_MIN;
return a - b;
#endif
}
/**
* Clip a float value into the amin-amax range.
* If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned.
* If a is +inf amax will be returned.
* @param a value to clip
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax)
{
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
if (amin > amax) abort();
#endif
return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax);
}
/**
* Clip a double value into the amin-amax range.
* If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned.
* If a is +inf amax will be returned.
* @param a value to clip
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax)
{
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
if (amin > amax) abort();
#endif
return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax);
}
/** Compute ceil(log2(x)).
* @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x))
* @return computed ceiling of log2(x)
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x)
{
return av_log2((x - 1U) << 1);
}
/**
* Count number of bits set to one in x
* @param x value to count bits of
* @return the number of bits set to one in x
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x)
{
x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555;
x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333);
x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F;
x += x >> 8;
return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F;
}
/**
* Count number of bits set to one in x
* @param x value to count bits of
* @return the number of bits set to one in x
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
{
return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32));
}
static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v)
{
return av_popcount(v) & 1;
}
/**
* Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
*
* @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
* @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input.
* Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently
* assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer
* input, this could be *ptr++, or if you want to make sure
* that *ptr stops at the end of a NULL terminated string then
* *ptr ? *ptr++ : 0
* @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
* typically a goto statement.
*
* @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which
* could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an
* exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order
* to prevent undefined results.
*/
#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\
val= (GET_BYTE);\
{\
uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\
if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\
{ERROR}\
while (val & top) {\
unsigned int tmp = (GET_BYTE) - 128;\
if(tmp>>6)\
{ERROR}\
val= (val<<6) + tmp;\
top <<= 5;\
}\
val &= (top << 1) - 1;\
}
/**
* Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
*
* @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
* @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted
* to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times.
* @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
* typically a goto statement.
*/
#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\
val = (GET_16BIT);\
{\
unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\
if (hi < 0x800) {\
val = (GET_16BIT) - 0xDC00;\
if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\
{ERROR}\
val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\
}\
}\
/**
* @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)
* Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long).
* @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
* a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If
* val is given as a function it is executed only once.
* @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It
* represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
* output by PUT_BYTE.
* @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination.
* It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte.
* For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be
* executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to
* 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted
* Unicode character.
*/
#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\
{\
int bytes, shift;\
uint32_t in = val;\
if (in < 0x80) {\
tmp = in;\
PUT_BYTE\
} else {\
bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\
shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\
tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\
PUT_BYTE\
while (shift >= 6) {\
shift -= 6;\
tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\
PUT_BYTE\
}\
}\
}
/**
* @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)
* Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes).
* @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
* a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If
* val is given as a function it is executed only once.
* @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It
* represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
* output by PUT_16BIT.
* @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination
* in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp
* as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;"
* PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character.
*/
#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\
{\
uint32_t in = val;\
if (in < 0x10000) {\
tmp = in;\
PUT_16BIT\
} else {\
tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\
PUT_16BIT\
tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\
PUT_16BIT\
}\
}\
#include "mem.h"
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
# include "internal.h"
#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */

134
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cpu.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H
#define AVUTIL_CPU_H
#include <stddef.h>
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */
/* lower 16 bits - CPU features */
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster
///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster
///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512 0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM registers aren't used
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512ICL 0x200000 ///< F/CD/BW/DQ/VL/VNNI/IFMA/VBMI/VBMI2/VPOPCNTDQ/BITALG/GFNI/VAES/VPCLMULQDQ
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SLOW_GATHER 0x2000000 ///< CPU has slow gathers.
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMI (1 << 0)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MSA (1 << 1)
//Loongarch SIMD extension.
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LSX (1 << 0)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LASX (1 << 1)
// RISC-V extensions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVI (1 << 0) ///< I (full GPR bank)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVF (1 << 1) ///< F (single precision FP)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVD (1 << 2) ///< D (double precision FP)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_I32 (1 << 3) ///< Vectors of 8/16/32-bit int's */
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_F32 (1 << 4) ///< Vectors of float's */
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_I64 (1 << 5) ///< Vectors of 64-bit int's */
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_F64 (1 << 6) ///< Vectors of double's
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVB_BASIC (1 << 7) ///< Basic bit-manipulations
/**
* Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU.
* The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used
* before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to
* detect the enabled cpu flags.
*/
int av_get_cpu_flags(void);
/**
* Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags.
* -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags.
*/
void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags);
/**
* Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that.
*
* @return negative on error.
*/
int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s);
/**
* @return the number of logical CPU cores present.
*/
int av_cpu_count(void);
/**
* Overrides cpu count detection and forces the specified count.
* Count < 1 disables forcing of specific count.
*/
void av_cpu_force_count(int count);
/**
* Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg.
*
* Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask,
* so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with
* --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through
* av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not
* present.
*/
size_t av_cpu_max_align(void);
#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */

102
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/crc.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_crc32
* Public header for CRC hash function implementation.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H
#define AVUTIL_CRC_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC
* @ingroup lavu_hash
* CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) hash function implementation.
*
* This module supports numerous CRC polynomials, in addition to the most
* widely used CRC-32-IEEE. See @ref AVCRCId for a list of available
* polynomials.
*
* @{
*/
typedef uint32_t AVCRC;
typedef enum {
AV_CRC_8_ATM,
AV_CRC_16_ANSI,
AV_CRC_16_CCITT,
AV_CRC_32_IEEE,
AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */
AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */
AV_CRC_24_IEEE,
AV_CRC_8_EBU,
AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */
}AVCRCId;
/**
* Initialize a CRC table.
* @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024
* @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest
* exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and
* actual CRC).
* If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc
* if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in
* most cases to e.g. bswap16):
* av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits))
* @param bits number of bits for the CRC
* @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the
* representation as specified by le
* @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes
* @return <0 on failure
*/
int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size);
/**
* Get an initialized standard CRC table.
* @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC
* @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure
*/
const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id);
/**
* Calculate the CRC of a block.
* @param ctx initialized AVCRC array (see av_crc_init())
* @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC
* @param buffer buffer whose CRC to calculate
* @param length length of the buffer
* @return CRC updated with the data from the given block
*
* @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter
*/
uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc,
const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure;
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */

150
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/csp.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2015 Kevin Wheatley <kevin.j.wheatley@gmail.com>
* Copyright (c) 2016 Ronald S. Bultje <rsbultje@gmail.com>
* Copyright (c) 2023 Leo Izen <leo.izen@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CSP_H
#define AVUTIL_CSP_H
#include "pixfmt.h"
#include "rational.h"
/**
* @file
* Colorspace value utility functions for libavutil.
* @ingroup lavu_math_csp
* @author Ronald S. Bultje <rsbultje@gmail.com>
* @author Leo Izen <leo.izen@gmail.com>
* @author Kevin Wheatley <kevin.j.wheatley@gmail.com>
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu_math_csp Colorspace Utility
* @ingroup lavu_math
* @{
*/
/**
* Struct containing luma coefficients to be used for RGB to YUV/YCoCg, or similar
* calculations.
*/
typedef struct AVLumaCoefficients {
AVRational cr, cg, cb;
} AVLumaCoefficients;
/**
* Struct containing chromaticity x and y values for the standard CIE 1931
* chromaticity definition.
*/
typedef struct AVCIExy {
AVRational x, y;
} AVCIExy;
/**
* Struct defining the red, green, and blue primary locations in terms of CIE
* 1931 chromaticity x and y.
*/
typedef struct AVPrimaryCoefficients {
AVCIExy r, g, b;
} AVPrimaryCoefficients;
/**
* Struct defining white point location in terms of CIE 1931 chromaticity x
* and y.
*/
typedef AVCIExy AVWhitepointCoefficients;
/**
* Struct that contains both white point location and primaries location, providing
* the complete description of a color gamut.
*/
typedef struct AVColorPrimariesDesc {
AVWhitepointCoefficients wp;
AVPrimaryCoefficients prim;
} AVColorPrimariesDesc;
/**
* Function pointer representing a double -> double transfer function that performs
* an EOTF transfer inversion. This function outputs linear light.
*/
typedef double (*av_csp_trc_function)(double);
/**
* Retrieves the Luma coefficients necessary to construct a conversion matrix
* from an enum constant describing the colorspace.
* @param csp An enum constant indicating YUV or similar colorspace.
* @return The Luma coefficients associated with that colorspace, or NULL
* if the constant is unknown to libavutil.
*/
const AVLumaCoefficients *av_csp_luma_coeffs_from_avcsp(enum AVColorSpace csp);
/**
* Retrieves a complete gamut description from an enum constant describing the
* color primaries.
* @param prm An enum constant indicating primaries
* @return A description of the colorspace gamut associated with that enum
* constant, or NULL if the constant is unknown to libavutil.
*/
const AVColorPrimariesDesc *av_csp_primaries_desc_from_id(enum AVColorPrimaries prm);
/**
* Detects which enum AVColorPrimaries constant corresponds to the given complete
* gamut description.
* @see enum AVColorPrimaries
* @param prm A description of the colorspace gamut
* @return The enum constant associated with this gamut, or
* AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED if no clear match can be idenitified.
*/
enum AVColorPrimaries av_csp_primaries_id_from_desc(const AVColorPrimariesDesc *prm);
/**
* Determine a suitable 'gamma' value to match the supplied
* AVColorTransferCharacteristic.
*
* See Apple Technical Note TN2257 (https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/technotes/tn2257/_index.html)
*
* This function returns the gamma exponent for the OETF. For example, sRGB is approximated
* by gamma 2.2, not by gamma 0.45455.
*
* @return Will return an approximation to the simple gamma function matching
* the supplied Transfer Characteristic, Will return 0.0 for any
* we cannot reasonably match against.
*/
double av_csp_approximate_trc_gamma(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic trc);
/**
* Determine the function needed to apply the given
* AVColorTransferCharacteristic to linear input.
*
* The function returned should expect a nominal domain and range of [0.0-1.0]
* values outside of this range maybe valid depending on the chosen
* characteristic function.
*
* @return Will return pointer to the function matching the
* supplied Transfer Characteristic. If unspecified will
* return NULL:
*/
av_csp_trc_function av_csp_trc_func_from_id(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic trc);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_CSP_H */

81
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/des.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
/*
* DES encryption/decryption
* Copyright (c) 2007 Reimar Doeffinger
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_DES_H
#define AVUTIL_DES_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_des DES
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
typedef struct AVDES {
uint64_t round_keys[3][16];
int triple_des;
} AVDES;
/**
* Allocate an AVDES context.
*/
AVDES *av_des_alloc(void);
/**
* @brief Initializes an AVDES context.
*
* @param d pointer to a AVDES structure to initialize
* @param key pointer to the key to use
* @param key_bits must be 64 or 192
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption/CBC-MAC, 1 for decryption
* @return zero on success, negative value otherwise
*/
int av_des_init(struct AVDES *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
/**
* @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the DES algorithm.
*
* @param d pointer to the AVDES structure
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used,
* must be 8-byte aligned
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_des_crypt(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @brief Calculates CBC-MAC using the DES algorithm.
*
* @param d pointer to the AVDES structure
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
*/
void av_des_mac(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_DES_H */

108
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/detection_bbox.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_DETECTION_BBOX_H
#define AVUTIL_DETECTION_BBOX_H
#include "rational.h"
#include "avassert.h"
#include "frame.h"
typedef struct AVDetectionBBox {
/**
* Distance in pixels from the left/top edge of the frame,
* together with width and height, defining the bounding box.
*/
int x;
int y;
int w;
int h;
#define AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE 64
/**
* Detect result with confidence
*/
char detect_label[AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE];
AVRational detect_confidence;
/**
* At most 4 classifications based on the detected bounding box.
* For example, we can get max 4 different attributes with 4 different
* DNN models on one bounding box.
* classify_count is zero if no classification.
*/
#define AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY 4
uint32_t classify_count;
char classify_labels[AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY][AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE];
AVRational classify_confidences[AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY];
} AVDetectionBBox;
typedef struct AVDetectionBBoxHeader {
/**
* Information about how the bounding box is generated.
* for example, the DNN model name.
*/
char source[256];
/**
* Number of bounding boxes in the array.
*/
uint32_t nb_bboxes;
/**
* Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which
* the array of bounding boxes starts.
*/
size_t bboxes_offset;
/**
* Size of each bounding box in bytes.
*/
size_t bbox_size;
} AVDetectionBBoxHeader;
/*
* Get the bounding box at the specified {@code idx}. Must be between 0 and nb_bboxes.
*/
static av_always_inline AVDetectionBBox *
av_get_detection_bbox(const AVDetectionBBoxHeader *header, unsigned int idx)
{
av_assert0(idx < header->nb_bboxes);
return (AVDetectionBBox *)((uint8_t *)header + header->bboxes_offset +
idx * header->bbox_size);
}
/**
* Allocates memory for AVDetectionBBoxHeader, plus an array of {@code nb_bboxes}
* AVDetectionBBox, and initializes the variables.
* Can be freed with a normal av_free() call.
*
* @param nb_bboxes number of AVDetectionBBox structures to allocate
* @param out_size if non-NULL, the size in bytes of the resulting data array is
* written here.
*/
AVDetectionBBoxHeader *av_detection_bbox_alloc(uint32_t nb_bboxes, size_t *out_size);
/**
* Allocates memory for AVDetectionBBoxHeader, plus an array of {@code nb_bboxes}
* AVDetectionBBox, in the given AVFrame {@code frame} as AVFrameSideData of type
* AV_FRAME_DATA_DETECTION_BBOXES and initializes the variables.
*/
AVDetectionBBoxHeader *av_detection_bbox_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame, uint32_t nb_bboxes);
#endif

241
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/dict.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Public dictionary API.
* @deprecated
* AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in
* implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is
* extremely slow with large dictionaries.
* It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h
* where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H
#define AVUTIL_DICT_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* @brief Simple key:value store
*
* @{
* Dictionaries are used for storing key-value pairs.
*
* - To **create an AVDictionary**, simply pass an address of a NULL
* pointer to av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary
* wherever a pointer to an AVDictionary is required.
* - To **insert an entry**, use av_dict_set().
* - Use av_dict_get() to **retrieve an entry**.
* - To **iterate over all entries**, use av_dict_iterate().
* - In order to **free the dictionary and all its contents**, use av_dict_free().
*
@code
AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary
AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL;
av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry
char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated,
char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this
av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL);
while ((t = av_dict_iterate(d, t))) {
<....> // iterate over all entries in d
}
av_dict_free(&d);
@endcode
*/
/**
* @name AVDictionary Flags
* Flags that influence behavior of the matching of keys or insertion to the dictionary.
* @{
*/
#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key,
ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been
allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been
allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 /**< Don't overwrite existing entries. */
#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no
delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */
/**
* @}
*/
typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry {
char *key;
char *value;
} AVDictionaryEntry;
typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary;
/**
* Get a dictionary entry with matching key.
*
* The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will
* cause undefined behavior.
*
* @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
* If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
* @param key Matching key
* @param flags A collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the
* entry is retrieved
*
* @return Found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary
*/
AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key,
const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags);
/**
* Iterate over a dictionary
*
* Iterates through all entries in the dictionary.
*
* @warning The returned AVDictionaryEntry key/value must not be changed.
*
* @warning As av_dict_set() invalidates all previous entries returned
* by this function, it must not be called while iterating over the dict.
*
* Typical usage:
* @code
* const AVDictionaryEntry *e = NULL;
* while ((e = av_dict_iterate(m, e))) {
* // ...
* }
* @endcode
*
* @param m The dictionary to iterate over
* @param prev Pointer to the previous AVDictionaryEntry, NULL initially
*
* @retval AVDictionaryEntry* The next element in the dictionary
* @retval NULL No more elements in the dictionary
*/
const AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_iterate(const AVDictionary *m,
const AVDictionaryEntry *prev);
/**
* Get number of entries in dictionary.
*
* @param m dictionary
* @return number of entries in dictionary
*/
int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m);
/**
* Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry.
*
* Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set,
* these arguments will be freed on error.
*
* @warning Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries
* previously returned with av_dict_get() or av_dict_iterate().
*
* @param pm Pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
* a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
* @param key Entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags)
* @param value Entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags).
* Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted.
*
* @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
*/
int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags);
/**
* Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set() that converts the value to a string
* and stores it.
*
* Note: If ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error.
*/
int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags);
/**
* Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary.
*
* In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in
* *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary.
*
* @param key_val_sep A 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* key from value
* @param pairs_sep A 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* two pairs from each other
* @param flags Flags to use when adding to the dictionary.
* ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL
* are ignored since the key/value tokens will always
* be duplicated.
*
* @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str,
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
int flags);
/**
* Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another.
*
* @note Metadata is read using the ::AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag
*
* @param dst Pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct to copy into. If *dst is NULL,
* this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst
* @param src Pointer to the source AVDictionary struct to copy items from.
* @param flags Flags to use when setting entries in *dst
*
* @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated
* by this function, callers should free the associated memory.
*/
int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags);
/**
* Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct
* and all keys and values.
*/
void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m);
/**
* Get dictionary entries as a string.
*
* Create a string containing dictionary's entries.
* Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string().
* @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\').
*
* @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
*
* @param[in] m The dictionary
* @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries.
* Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
* @param[in] key_val_sep Character used to separate key from value
* @param[in] pairs_sep Character used to separate two pairs from each other
*
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error
*/
int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer,
const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */

109
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/display.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2014 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_video_display
* Display matrix
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_video_display Display transformation matrix functions
* @ingroup lavu_video
*
* The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that
* should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible
* with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format.
*
* The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array:
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* | a b u |
* (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v |
* | x y w |
* @endcode
*
* All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values,
* except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values.
*
* The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation)
* frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as
* follows:
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* | a b u |
* (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1)
* | x y w |
* @endcode
*
* The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as
* follows:
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z;
* q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z;
* z = u * p + v * q + w
* @endcode
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Extract the rotation component of the transformation matrix.
*
* @param matrix the transformation matrix
* @return the angle (in degrees) by which the transformation rotates the frame
* counterclockwise. The angle will be in range [-180.0, 180.0],
* or NaN if the matrix is singular.
*
* @note floating point numbers are inherently inexact, so callers are
* recommended to round the return value to nearest integer before use.
*/
double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]);
/**
* Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure clockwise
* rotation by the specified angle (in degrees).
*
* @param[out] matrix a transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten
* by this function)
* @param angle rotation angle in degrees.
*/
void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle);
/**
* Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically.
*
* @param[in,out] matrix a transformation matrix
* @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally
* @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically
*/
void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */

236
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/dovi_meta.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2020 Vacing Fang <vacingfang@tencent.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* DOVI configuration
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H
#define AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include "rational.h"
/*
* DOVI configuration
* ref: dolby-vision-bitstreams-within-the-iso-base-media-file-format-v2.1.2
dolby-vision-bitstreams-in-mpeg-2-transport-stream-multiplex-v1.2
* @code
* uint8_t dv_version_major, the major version number that the stream complies with
* uint8_t dv_version_minor, the minor version number that the stream complies with
* uint8_t dv_profile, the Dolby Vision profile
* uint8_t dv_level, the Dolby Vision level
* uint8_t rpu_present_flag
* uint8_t el_present_flag
* uint8_t bl_present_flag
* uint8_t dv_bl_signal_compatibility_id
* @endcode
*
* @note The struct must be allocated with av_dovi_alloc() and
* its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord {
uint8_t dv_version_major;
uint8_t dv_version_minor;
uint8_t dv_profile;
uint8_t dv_level;
uint8_t rpu_present_flag;
uint8_t el_present_flag;
uint8_t bl_present_flag;
uint8_t dv_bl_signal_compatibility_id;
} AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord;
/**
* Allocate a AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord structure and initialize its
* fields to default values.
*
* @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
*/
AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord *av_dovi_alloc(size_t *size);
/**
* Dolby Vision RPU data header.
*
* @note sizeof(AVDOVIRpuDataHeader) is not part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVDOVIRpuDataHeader {
uint8_t rpu_type;
uint16_t rpu_format;
uint8_t vdr_rpu_profile;
uint8_t vdr_rpu_level;
uint8_t chroma_resampling_explicit_filter_flag;
uint8_t coef_data_type; /* informative, lavc always converts to fixed */
uint8_t coef_log2_denom;
uint8_t vdr_rpu_normalized_idc;
uint8_t bl_video_full_range_flag;
uint8_t bl_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */
uint8_t el_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */
uint8_t vdr_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */
uint8_t spatial_resampling_filter_flag;
uint8_t el_spatial_resampling_filter_flag;
uint8_t disable_residual_flag;
} AVDOVIRpuDataHeader;
enum AVDOVIMappingMethod {
AV_DOVI_MAPPING_POLYNOMIAL = 0,
AV_DOVI_MAPPING_MMR = 1,
};
/**
* Coefficients of a piece-wise function. The pieces of the function span the
* value ranges between two adjacent pivot values.
*/
#define AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES 8
typedef struct AVDOVIReshapingCurve {
uint8_t num_pivots; /* [2, 9] */
uint16_t pivots[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES + 1]; /* sorted ascending */
enum AVDOVIMappingMethod mapping_idc[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES];
/* AV_DOVI_MAPPING_POLYNOMIAL */
uint8_t poly_order[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; /* [1, 2] */
int64_t poly_coef[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES][3]; /* x^0, x^1, x^2 */
/* AV_DOVI_MAPPING_MMR */
uint8_t mmr_order[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; /* [1, 3] */
int64_t mmr_constant[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES];
int64_t mmr_coef[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES][3/* order - 1 */][7];
} AVDOVIReshapingCurve;
enum AVDOVINLQMethod {
AV_DOVI_NLQ_NONE = -1,
AV_DOVI_NLQ_LINEAR_DZ = 0,
};
/**
* Coefficients of the non-linear inverse quantization. For the interpretation
* of these, see ETSI GS CCM 001.
*/
typedef struct AVDOVINLQParams {
uint16_t nlq_offset;
uint64_t vdr_in_max;
/* AV_DOVI_NLQ_LINEAR_DZ */
uint64_t linear_deadzone_slope;
uint64_t linear_deadzone_threshold;
} AVDOVINLQParams;
/**
* Dolby Vision RPU data mapping parameters.
*
* @note sizeof(AVDOVIDataMapping) is not part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVDOVIDataMapping {
uint8_t vdr_rpu_id;
uint8_t mapping_color_space;
uint8_t mapping_chroma_format_idc;
AVDOVIReshapingCurve curves[3]; /* per component */
/* Non-linear inverse quantization */
enum AVDOVINLQMethod nlq_method_idc;
uint32_t num_x_partitions;
uint32_t num_y_partitions;
AVDOVINLQParams nlq[3]; /* per component */
} AVDOVIDataMapping;
/**
* Dolby Vision RPU colorspace metadata parameters.
*
* @note sizeof(AVDOVIColorMetadata) is not part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVDOVIColorMetadata {
uint8_t dm_metadata_id;
uint8_t scene_refresh_flag;
/**
* Coefficients of the custom Dolby Vision IPT-PQ matrices. These are to be
* used instead of the matrices indicated by the frame's colorspace tags.
* The output of rgb_to_lms_matrix is to be fed into a BT.2020 LMS->RGB
* matrix based on a Hunt-Pointer-Estevez transform, but without any
* crosstalk. (See the definition of the ICtCp colorspace for more
* information.)
*/
AVRational ycc_to_rgb_matrix[9]; /* before PQ linearization */
AVRational ycc_to_rgb_offset[3]; /* input offset of neutral value */
AVRational rgb_to_lms_matrix[9]; /* after PQ linearization */
/**
* Extra signal metadata (see Dolby patents for more info).
*/
uint16_t signal_eotf;
uint16_t signal_eotf_param0;
uint16_t signal_eotf_param1;
uint32_t signal_eotf_param2;
uint8_t signal_bit_depth;
uint8_t signal_color_space;
uint8_t signal_chroma_format;
uint8_t signal_full_range_flag; /* [0, 3] */
uint16_t source_min_pq;
uint16_t source_max_pq;
uint16_t source_diagonal;
} AVDOVIColorMetadata;
/**
* Combined struct representing a combination of header, mapping and color
* metadata, for attaching to frames as side data.
*
* @note The struct must be allocated with av_dovi_metadata_alloc() and
* its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVDOVIMetadata {
/**
* Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which the
* respective structs start.
*/
size_t header_offset; /* AVDOVIRpuDataHeader */
size_t mapping_offset; /* AVDOVIDataMapping */
size_t color_offset; /* AVDOVIColorMetadata */
} AVDOVIMetadata;
static av_always_inline AVDOVIRpuDataHeader *
av_dovi_get_header(const AVDOVIMetadata *data)
{
return (AVDOVIRpuDataHeader *)((uint8_t *) data + data->header_offset);
}
static av_always_inline AVDOVIDataMapping *
av_dovi_get_mapping(const AVDOVIMetadata *data)
{
return (AVDOVIDataMapping *)((uint8_t *) data + data->mapping_offset);
}
static av_always_inline AVDOVIColorMetadata *
av_dovi_get_color(const AVDOVIMetadata *data)
{
return (AVDOVIColorMetadata *)((uint8_t *) data + data->color_offset);
}
/**
* Allocate an AVDOVIMetadata structure and initialize its
* fields to default values.
*
* @param size If this parameter is non-NULL, the size in bytes of the
* allocated struct will be written here on success
*
* @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
*/
AVDOVIMetadata *av_dovi_metadata_alloc(size_t *size);
#endif /* AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H */

115
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2014 Tim Walker <tdskywalker@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H
#define AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H
#include "frame.h"
/**
* @file
* audio downmix medatata
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
* @{
*/
/**
* @defgroup downmix_info Audio downmix metadata
* @{
*/
/**
* Possible downmix types.
*/
enum AVDownmixType {
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /**< Not indicated. */
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LORO, /**< Lo/Ro 2-channel downmix (Stereo). */
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LTRT, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Surround compatible. */
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_DPLII, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Pro Logic II compatible. */
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_NB /**< Number of downmix types. Not part of ABI. */
};
/**
* This structure describes optional metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
*
* All fields are set by the decoder to the value indicated in the audio
* bitstream (if present), or to a "sane" default otherwise.
*/
typedef struct AVDownmixInfo {
/**
* Type of downmix preferred by the mastering engineer.
*/
enum AVDownmixType preferred_downmix_type;
/**
* Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center
* channel during a regular downmix.
*/
double center_mix_level;
/**
* Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center
* channel during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix.
*/
double center_mix_level_ltrt;
/**
* Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround
* channels during a regular downmix.
*/
double surround_mix_level;
/**
* Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround
* channels during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix.
*/
double surround_mix_level_ltrt;
/**
* Absolute scale factor representing the level at which the LFE data is
* mixed into L/R channels during downmixing.
*/
double lfe_mix_level;
} AVDownmixInfo;
/**
* Get a frame's AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO side data for editing.
*
* If the side data is absent, it is created and added to the frame.
*
* @param frame the frame for which the side data is to be obtained or created
*
* @return the AVDownmixInfo structure to be edited by the caller, or NULL if
* the structure cannot be allocated.
*/
AVDownmixInfo *av_downmix_info_update_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H */

205
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
/**
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H
#define AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
typedef struct AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo {
/** The number of bytes that are clear. */
unsigned int bytes_of_clear_data;
/**
* The number of bytes that are protected. If using pattern encryption,
* the pattern applies to only the protected bytes; if not using pattern
* encryption, all these bytes are encrypted.
*/
unsigned int bytes_of_protected_data;
} AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo;
/**
* This describes encryption info for a packet. This contains frame-specific
* info for how to decrypt the packet before passing it to the decoder.
*
* The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVEncryptionInfo {
/** The fourcc encryption scheme, in big-endian byte order. */
uint32_t scheme;
/**
* Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks
* that are encrypted.
*/
uint32_t crypt_byte_block;
/**
* Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks
* that are clear.
*/
uint32_t skip_byte_block;
/**
* The ID of the key used to encrypt the packet. This should always be
* 16 bytes long, but may be changed in the future.
*/
uint8_t *key_id;
uint32_t key_id_size;
/**
* The initialization vector. This may have been zero-filled to be the
* correct block size. This should always be 16 bytes long, but may be
* changed in the future.
*/
uint8_t *iv;
uint32_t iv_size;
/**
* An array of subsample encryption info specifying how parts of the sample
* are encrypted. If there are no subsamples, then the whole sample is
* encrypted.
*/
AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo *subsamples;
uint32_t subsample_count;
} AVEncryptionInfo;
/**
* This describes info used to initialize an encryption key system.
*
* The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVEncryptionInitInfo {
/**
* A unique identifier for the key system this is for, can be NULL if it
* is not known. This should always be 16 bytes, but may change in the
* future.
*/
uint8_t* system_id;
uint32_t system_id_size;
/**
* An array of key IDs this initialization data is for. All IDs are the
* same length. Can be NULL if there are no known key IDs.
*/
uint8_t** key_ids;
/** The number of key IDs. */
uint32_t num_key_ids;
/**
* The number of bytes in each key ID. This should always be 16, but may
* change in the future.
*/
uint32_t key_id_size;
/**
* Key-system specific initialization data. This data is copied directly
* from the file and the format depends on the specific key system. This
* can be NULL if there is no initialization data; in that case, there
* will be at least one key ID.
*/
uint8_t* data;
uint32_t data_size;
/**
* An optional pointer to the next initialization info in the list.
*/
struct AVEncryptionInitInfo *next;
} AVEncryptionInitInfo;
/**
* Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the given
* number of subsamples. This will allocate pointers for the key ID, IV,
* and subsample entries, set the size members, and zero-initialize the rest.
*
* @param subsample_count The number of subsamples.
* @param key_id_size The number of bytes in the key ID, should be 16.
* @param iv_size The number of bytes in the IV, should be 16.
*
* @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
*/
AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_alloc(uint32_t subsample_count, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t iv_size);
/**
* Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure with a copy of the given data.
* @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
*/
AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_clone(const AVEncryptionInfo *info);
/**
* Frees the given encryption info object. This MUST NOT be used to free the
* side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods.
*/
void av_encryption_info_free(AVEncryptionInfo *info);
/**
* Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInfo that is contained in the given side
* data. The resulting object should be passed to av_encryption_info_free()
* when done.
*
* @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
*/
AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_get_side_data(const uint8_t *side_data, size_t side_data_size);
/**
* Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption
* info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or given
* to av_packet_add_side_data().
*
* @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL.
*/
uint8_t *av_encryption_info_add_side_data(
const AVEncryptionInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size);
/**
* Allocates an AVEncryptionInitInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the
* given sizes. This will allocate pointers and set all the fields.
*
* @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error.
*/
AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_alloc(
uint32_t system_id_size, uint32_t num_key_ids, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t data_size);
/**
* Frees the given encryption init info object. This MUST NOT be used to free
* the side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods.
*/
void av_encryption_init_info_free(AVEncryptionInitInfo* info);
/**
* Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInitInfo that is contained in the given
* side data. The resulting object should be passed to
* av_encryption_init_info_free() when done.
*
* @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error.
*/
AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_get_side_data(
const uint8_t* side_data, size_t side_data_size);
/**
* Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption
* init info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or
* given to av_packet_add_side_data().
*
* @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL.
*/
uint8_t *av_encryption_init_info_add_side_data(
const AVEncryptionInitInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size);
#endif /* AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H */

128
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/error.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* error code definitions
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H
#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H
#include <errno.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include "macros.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_error
*
* @{
*/
/* error handling */
#if EDOM > 0
#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions.
#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value.
#else
/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */
#define AVERROR(e) (e)
#define AVUNERROR(e) (e)
#endif
#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d))
#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found
#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2
#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small
#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found
#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found
#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found
#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file
#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted
#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library
#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found
#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input
#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found
#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found
#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome
#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found
#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found
/**
* This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG
* it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value.
*/
#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ')
#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library
#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it.
#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED)
#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED)
/* HTTP & RTSP errors */
#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X')
#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64
/**
* Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf.
* In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the
* error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic
* error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf.
*
* @param errnum error code to describe
* @param errbuf buffer to which description is written
* @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf
* @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum
* cannot be found
*/
int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size);
/**
* Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string
* corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum.
*
* @param errbuf a buffer
* @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf
* @param errnum error code to describe
* @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description
* @see av_strerror()
*/
static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum)
{
av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size);
return errbuf;
}
/**
* Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
* function arguments but never stand-alone.
*/
#define av_err2str(errnum) \
av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */

140
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/eval.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* simple arithmetic expression evaluator
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H
#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H
typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr;
/**
* Parse and evaluate an expression.
* Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval().
*
* @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of
* the expression, or NAN in case of error
* @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
* @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
* @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names
* @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
* @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
* @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
* @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
* @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
* @param log_offset log level offset, can be used to silence error messages
* @param log_ctx parent logging context
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code otherwise
*/
int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s,
const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values,
const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Parse an expression.
*
* @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed
* value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise.
* The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user
* when it is not needed anymore.
* @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
* @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
* @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
* @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
* @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
* @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
* @param log_offset log level offset, can be used to silence error messages
* @param log_ctx parent logging context
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code otherwise
*/
int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s,
const char * const *const_names,
const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Evaluate a previously parsed expression.
*
* @param e the AVExpr to evaluate
* @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names
* @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
* @return the value of the expression
*/
double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque);
/**
* Track the presence of variables and their number of occurrences in a parsed expression
*
* @param e the AVExpr to track variables in
* @param counter a zero-initialized array where the count of each variable will be stored
* @param size size of array
* @return 0 on success, a negative value indicates that no expression or array was passed
* or size was zero
*/
int av_expr_count_vars(AVExpr *e, unsigned *counter, int size);
/**
* Track the presence of user provided functions and their number of occurrences
* in a parsed expression.
*
* @param e the AVExpr to track user provided functions in
* @param counter a zero-initialized array where the count of each function will be stored
* if you passed 5 functions with 2 arguments to av_expr_parse()
* then for arg=2 this will use upto 5 entries.
* @param size size of array
* @param arg number of arguments the counted functions have
* @return 0 on success, a negative value indicates that no expression or array was passed
* or size was zero
*/
int av_expr_count_func(AVExpr *e, unsigned *counter, int size, int arg);
/**
* Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse().
*/
void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e);
/**
* Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If
* the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain
* an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a
* floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case,
* returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value
* of numstr.
*
* @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of
* the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M',
* 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used
* instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value by
* 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This
* allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix.
* @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next
* after the last parsed character
*/
double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail);
#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */

5
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ffversion.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */
#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
#define FFMPEG_VERSION "n6.0"
#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */

448
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/fifo.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,448 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_fifo
* A generic FIFO API
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H
#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_fifo AVFifo
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* @{
* A generic FIFO API
*/
typedef struct AVFifo AVFifo;
/**
* Callback for writing or reading from a FIFO, passed to (and invoked from) the
* av_fifo_*_cb() functions. It may be invoked multiple times from a single
* av_fifo_*_cb() call and may process less data than the maximum size indicated
* by nb_elems.
*
* @param opaque the opaque pointer provided to the av_fifo_*_cb() function
* @param buf the buffer for reading or writing the data, depending on which
* av_fifo_*_cb function is called
* @param nb_elems On entry contains the maximum number of elements that can be
* read from / written into buf. On success, the callback should
* update it to contain the number of elements actually written.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative error code on failure (will be returned from
* the invoking av_fifo_*_cb() function)
*/
typedef int AVFifoCB(void *opaque, void *buf, size_t *nb_elems);
/**
* Automatically resize the FIFO on writes, so that the data fits. This
* automatic resizing happens up to a limit that can be modified with
* av_fifo_auto_grow_limit().
*/
#define AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW (1 << 0)
/**
* Allocate and initialize an AVFifo with a given element size.
*
* @param elems initial number of elements that can be stored in the FIFO
* @param elem_size Size in bytes of a single element. Further operations on
* the returned FIFO will implicitly use this element size.
* @param flags a combination of AV_FIFO_FLAG_*
*
* @return newly-allocated AVFifo on success, a negative error code on failure
*/
AVFifo *av_fifo_alloc2(size_t elems, size_t elem_size,
unsigned int flags);
/**
* @return Element size for FIFO operations. This element size is set at
* FIFO allocation and remains constant during its lifetime
*/
size_t av_fifo_elem_size(const AVFifo *f);
/**
* Set the maximum size (in elements) to which the FIFO can be resized
* automatically. Has no effect unless AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW is used.
*/
void av_fifo_auto_grow_limit(AVFifo *f, size_t max_elems);
/**
* @return number of elements available for reading from the given FIFO.
*/
size_t av_fifo_can_read(const AVFifo *f);
/**
* @return Number of elements that can be written into the given FIFO without
* growing it.
*
* In other words, this number of elements or less is guaranteed to fit
* into the FIFO. More data may be written when the
* AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW flag was specified at FIFO creation, but this
* may involve memory allocation, which can fail.
*/
size_t av_fifo_can_write(const AVFifo *f);
/**
* Enlarge an AVFifo.
*
* On success, the FIFO will be large enough to hold exactly
* inc + av_fifo_can_read() + av_fifo_can_write()
* elements. In case of failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
*
* @param f AVFifo to resize
* @param inc number of elements to allocate for, in addition to the current
* allocated size
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*/
int av_fifo_grow2(AVFifo *f, size_t inc);
/**
* Write data into a FIFO.
*
* In case nb_elems > av_fifo_can_write(f) and the AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW flag
* was not specified at FIFO creation, nothing is written and an error
* is returned.
*
* Calling function is guaranteed to succeed if nb_elems <= av_fifo_can_write(f).
*
* @param f the FIFO buffer
* @param buf Data to be written. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes will be
* read from buf on success.
* @param nb_elems number of elements to write into FIFO
*
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*/
int av_fifo_write(AVFifo *f, const void *buf, size_t nb_elems);
/**
* Write data from a user-provided callback into a FIFO.
*
* @param f the FIFO buffer
* @param read_cb Callback supplying the data to the FIFO. May be called
* multiple times.
* @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to read_cb
* @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be
* written. Will be updated to contain the number of elements
* actually written.
*
* @return non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*/
int av_fifo_write_from_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB read_cb,
void *opaque, size_t *nb_elems);
/**
* Read data from a FIFO.
*
* In case nb_elems > av_fifo_can_read(f), nothing is read and an error
* is returned.
*
* @param f the FIFO buffer
* @param buf Buffer to store the data. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes
* will be written into buf on success.
* @param nb_elems number of elements to read from FIFO
*
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*/
int av_fifo_read(AVFifo *f, void *buf, size_t nb_elems);
/**
* Feed data from a FIFO into a user-provided callback.
*
* @param f the FIFO buffer
* @param write_cb Callback the data will be supplied to. May be called
* multiple times.
* @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to write_cb
* @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be
* read. Will be updated to contain the total number of elements
* actually sent to the callback.
*
* @return non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*/
int av_fifo_read_to_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB write_cb,
void *opaque, size_t *nb_elems);
/**
* Read data from a FIFO without modifying FIFO state.
*
* Returns an error if an attempt is made to peek to nonexistent elements
* (i.e. if offset + nb_elems is larger than av_fifo_can_read(f)).
*
* @param f the FIFO buffer
* @param buf Buffer to store the data. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes
* will be written into buf.
* @param nb_elems number of elements to read from FIFO
* @param offset number of initial elements to skip.
*
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*/
int av_fifo_peek(AVFifo *f, void *buf, size_t nb_elems, size_t offset);
/**
* Feed data from a FIFO into a user-provided callback.
*
* @param f the FIFO buffer
* @param write_cb Callback the data will be supplied to. May be called
* multiple times.
* @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to write_cb
* @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be
* read. Will be updated to contain the total number of elements
* actually sent to the callback.
* @param offset number of initial elements to skip; offset + *nb_elems must not
* be larger than av_fifo_can_read(f).
*
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*/
int av_fifo_peek_to_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB write_cb, void *opaque,
size_t *nb_elems, size_t offset);
/**
* Discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifo.
* @param size number of elements to discard, MUST NOT be larger than
* av_fifo_can_read(f)
*/
void av_fifo_drain2(AVFifo *f, size_t size);
/*
* Empty the AVFifo.
* @param f AVFifo to reset
*/
void av_fifo_reset2(AVFifo *f);
/**
* Free an AVFifo and reset pointer to NULL.
* @param f Pointer to an AVFifo to free. *f == NULL is allowed.
*/
void av_fifo_freep2(AVFifo **f);
#if FF_API_FIFO_OLD_API
typedef struct AVFifoBuffer {
uint8_t *buffer;
uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end;
uint32_t rndx, wndx;
} AVFifoBuffer;
/**
* Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param size of FIFO
* @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
* @deprecated use av_fifo_alloc2()
*/
attribute_deprecated
AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size);
/**
* Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param nmemb number of elements
* @param size size of the single element
* @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
* @deprecated use av_fifo_alloc2()
*/
attribute_deprecated
AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
/**
* Free an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
* @deprecated use the AVFifo API with av_fifo_freep2()
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f);
/**
* Free an AVFifoBuffer and reset pointer to NULL.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
* @deprecated use the AVFifo API with av_fifo_freep2()
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_fifo_freep(AVFifoBuffer **f);
/**
* Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset
* @deprecated use av_fifo_reset2() with the new AVFifo-API
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f);
/**
* Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
* amount of data you can read from it.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @return size
* @deprecated use av_fifo_can_read() with the new AVFifo-API
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_size(const AVFifoBuffer *f);
/**
* Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
* amount of data you can write into it.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into
* @return size
* @deprecated use av_fifo_can_write() with the new AVFifo-API
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_space(const AVFifoBuffer *f);
/**
* Feed data at specific position from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
* Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @param offset offset from current read position
* @param buf_size number of bytes to read
* @param func generic read function
* @param dest data destination
*
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() when func == NULL,
* av_fifo_peek_to_cb() otherwise
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_generic_peek_at(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int offset, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
/**
* Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
* Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @param buf_size number of bytes to read
* @param func generic read function
* @param dest data destination
*
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() when func == NULL,
* av_fifo_peek_to_cb() otherwise
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_generic_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
/**
* Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @param buf_size number of bytes to read
* @param func generic read function
* @param dest data destination
*
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_read() when func == NULL,
* av_fifo_read_to_cb() otherwise
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
/**
* Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to
* @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a
* modifiable context by the function defined in func
* @param size number of bytes to write
* @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src,
* the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size.
* func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to
* indicate no more data available to write.
* If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data.
* @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO or a negative error code on failure
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_write() when func == NULL,
* av_fifo_write_from_cb() otherwise
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int));
/**
* Resize an AVFifoBuffer.
* In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
*
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
* @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes
* @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_grow2() to increase FIFO size,
* decreasing FIFO size is not supported
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size);
/**
* Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer.
* In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
* The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size.
*
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
* @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size()
* @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_grow2(); note that unlike
* this function it adds to the allocated size, rather than to the used size
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space);
/**
* Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @param size amount of data to read in bytes
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_drain2()
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size);
#if FF_API_FIFO_PEEK2
/**
* Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset.
* The FIFO buffer is not modified.
*
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL
* @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less
* than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will
* point outside to the buffer data.
* The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size().
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() or av_fifo_peek_to_cb()
*/
attribute_deprecated
static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs)
{
uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs;
if (ptr >= f->end)
ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end);
else if (ptr < f->buffer)
ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr);
return ptr;
}
#endif
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */

80
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/file.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H
#define AVUTIL_FILE_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "version.h"
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @file
* Misc file utilities.
*/
/**
* Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly
* allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available.
* In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and
* *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr.
* Unlike mmap this function succeeds with zero sized files, in this
* case *bufptr will be set to NULL and *size will be set to 0.
* The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap().
*
* @param filename path to the file
* @param[out] bufptr pointee is set to the mapped or allocated buffer
* @param[out] size pointee is set to the size in bytes of the buffer
* @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging
* @param log_ctx context used for logging
* @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value
* corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size,
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map().
*
* @param bufptr the buffer previously created with av_file_map()
* @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned
* by av_file_map()
*/
void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size);
#if FF_API_AV_FOPEN_UTF8
/**
* Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw.
* Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible.
* *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally.
* @return file descriptor of opened file (or negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code on error)
* and opened file name in **filename.
* @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before
* calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in
* libraries and could interfere with the calling application.
* @deprecated as fd numbers cannot be passed saftely between libs on some platforms
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
#endif
#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */

260
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/film_grain_params.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H
#define AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H
#include "frame.h"
enum AVFilmGrainParamsType {
AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_NONE = 0,
/**
* The union is valid when interpreted as AVFilmGrainAOMParams (codec.aom)
*/
AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_AV1,
/**
* The union is valid when interpreted as AVFilmGrainH274Params (codec.h274)
*/
AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H274,
};
/**
* This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis for AOM codecs.
*
* @note The struct must be allocated as part of AVFilmGrainParams using
* av_film_grain_params_alloc(). Its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVFilmGrainAOMParams {
/**
* Number of points, and the scale and value for each point of the
* piecewise linear scaling function for the uma plane.
*/
int num_y_points;
uint8_t y_points[14][2 /* value, scaling */];
/**
* Signals whether to derive the chroma scaling function from the luma.
* Not equivalent to copying the luma values and scales.
*/
int chroma_scaling_from_luma;
/**
* If chroma_scaling_from_luma is set to 0, signals the chroma scaling
* function parameters.
*/
int num_uv_points[2 /* cb, cr */];
uint8_t uv_points[2 /* cb, cr */][10][2 /* value, scaling */];
/**
* Specifies the shift applied to the chroma components. For AV1, its within
* [8; 11] and determines the range and quantization of the film grain.
*/
int scaling_shift;
/**
* Specifies the auto-regression lag.
*/
int ar_coeff_lag;
/**
* Luma auto-regression coefficients. The number of coefficients is given by
* 2 * ar_coeff_lag * (ar_coeff_lag + 1).
*/
int8_t ar_coeffs_y[24];
/**
* Chroma auto-regression coefficients. The number of coefficients is given by
* 2 * ar_coeff_lag * (ar_coeff_lag + 1) + !!num_y_points.
*/
int8_t ar_coeffs_uv[2 /* cb, cr */][25];
/**
* Specifies the range of the auto-regressive coefficients. Values of 6,
* 7, 8 and so on represent a range of [-2, 2), [-1, 1), [-0.5, 0.5) and
* so on. For AV1 must be between 6 and 9.
*/
int ar_coeff_shift;
/**
* Signals the down shift applied to the generated gaussian numbers during
* synthesis.
*/
int grain_scale_shift;
/**
* Specifies the luma/chroma multipliers for the index to the component
* scaling function.
*/
int uv_mult[2 /* cb, cr */];
int uv_mult_luma[2 /* cb, cr */];
/**
* Offset used for component scaling function. For AV1 its a 9-bit value
* with a range [-256, 255]
*/
int uv_offset[2 /* cb, cr */];
/**
* Signals whether to overlap film grain blocks.
*/
int overlap_flag;
/**
* Signals to clip to limited color levels after film grain application.
*/
int limit_output_range;
} AVFilmGrainAOMParams;
/**
* This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis for codecs using
* the ITU-T H.274 Versatile suplemental enhancement information message.
*
* @note The struct must be allocated as part of AVFilmGrainParams using
* av_film_grain_params_alloc(). Its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVFilmGrainH274Params {
/**
* Specifies the film grain simulation mode.
* 0 = Frequency filtering, 1 = Auto-regression
*/
int model_id;
/**
* Specifies the bit depth used for the luma component.
*/
int bit_depth_luma;
/**
* Specifies the bit depth used for the chroma components.
*/
int bit_depth_chroma;
enum AVColorRange color_range;
enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
enum AVColorSpace color_space;
/**
* Specifies the blending mode used to blend the simulated film grain
* with the decoded images.
*
* 0 = Additive, 1 = Multiplicative
*/
int blending_mode_id;
/**
* Specifies a scale factor used in the film grain characterization equations.
*/
int log2_scale_factor;
/**
* Indicates if the modelling of film grain for a given component is present.
*/
int component_model_present[3 /* y, cb, cr */];
/**
* Specifies the number of intensity intervals for which a specific set of
* model values has been estimated, with a range of [1, 256].
*/
uint16_t num_intensity_intervals[3 /* y, cb, cr */];
/**
* Specifies the number of model values present for each intensity interval
* in which the film grain has been modelled, with a range of [1, 6].
*/
uint8_t num_model_values[3 /* y, cb, cr */];
/**
* Specifies the lower ounds of each intensity interval for whichthe set of
* model values applies for the component.
*/
uint8_t intensity_interval_lower_bound[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */];
/**
* Specifies the upper bound of each intensity interval for which the set of
* model values applies for the component.
*/
uint8_t intensity_interval_upper_bound[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */];
/**
* Specifies the model values for the component for each intensity interval.
* - When model_id == 0, the following applies:
* For comp_model_value[y], the range of values is [0, 2^bit_depth_luma - 1]
* For comp_model_value[cb..cr], the range of values is [0, 2^bit_depth_chroma - 1]
* - Otherwise, the following applies:
* For comp_model_value[y], the range of values is [-2^(bit_depth_luma - 1), 2^(bit_depth_luma - 1) - 1]
* For comp_model_value[cb..cr], the range of values is [-2^(bit_depth_chroma - 1), 2^(bit_depth_chroma - 1) - 1]
*/
int16_t comp_model_value[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */][6 /* model value */];
} AVFilmGrainH274Params;
/**
* This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis in video
* for specific codecs. Must be present on every frame where film grain is
* meant to be synthesised for correct presentation.
*
* @note The struct must be allocated with av_film_grain_params_alloc() and
* its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVFilmGrainParams {
/**
* Specifies the codec for which this structure is valid.
*/
enum AVFilmGrainParamsType type;
/**
* Seed to use for the synthesis process, if the codec allows for it.
*
* @note For H.264, this refers to `pic_offset` as defined in
* SMPTE RDD 5-2006.
*/
uint64_t seed;
/**
* Additional fields may be added both here and in any structure included.
* If a codec's film grain structure differs slightly over another
* codec's, fields within may change meaning depending on the type.
*/
union {
AVFilmGrainAOMParams aom;
AVFilmGrainH274Params h274;
} codec;
} AVFilmGrainParams;
/**
* Allocate an AVFilmGrainParams structure and set its fields to
* default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
* If size is not NULL it will be set to the number of bytes allocated.
*
* @return An AVFilmGrainParams filled with default values or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVFilmGrainParams *av_film_grain_params_alloc(size_t *size);
/**
* Allocate a complete AVFilmGrainParams and add it to the frame.
*
* @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
*
* @return The AVFilmGrainParams structure to be filled by caller.
*/
AVFilmGrainParams *av_film_grain_params_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
#endif /* AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H */

964
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/frame.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,964 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_frame
* reference-counted frame API
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H
#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "avutil.h"
#include "buffer.h"
#include "channel_layout.h"
#include "dict.h"
#include "rational.h"
#include "samplefmt.h"
#include "pixfmt.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* @{
* AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data.
*/
enum AVFrameSideDataType {
/**
* The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN,
/**
* ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions.
* A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data.
* The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC,
/**
* Stereoscopic 3d metadata.
* The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D,
/**
* The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING,
/**
* Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
* The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO,
/**
* ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
/**
* This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
* transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct
* presentation.
*
* See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
/**
* Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified
* in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD,
/**
* Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs
* flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option).
* The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in
* libavutil/motion_vector.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS,
/**
* Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported
* only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec.
* This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES.
* @code
* u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
* u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
* u8 reason for start skip
* u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
* @endcode
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
/**
* This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to
* enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
/**
* Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
* an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the
* mastering display color volume.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA,
/**
* The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer.
* This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE,
/**
* The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in
* libavutil/spherical.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL,
/**
* Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in
* the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL,
/**
* The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the
* format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the
* metadata key entry "name".
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE,
/**
* Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t
* where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used.
* The timecode format is described in the documentation of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum()
* function in libavutil/timecode.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE,
/**
* HDR dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
* an AVDynamicHDRPlus type and contains information for color
* volume transform - application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_PLUS,
/**
* Regions Of Interest, the data is an array of AVRegionOfInterest type, the number of
* array element is implied by AVFrameSideData.size / AVRegionOfInterest.self_size.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_REGIONS_OF_INTEREST,
/**
* Encoding parameters for a video frame, as described by AVVideoEncParams.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS,
/**
* User data unregistered metadata associated with a video frame.
* This is the H.26[45] UDU SEI message, and shouldn't be used for any other purpose
* The data is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data which is 16 bytes of
* uuid_iso_iec_11578 followed by AVFrameSideData.size - 16 bytes of user_data_payload_byte.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_SEI_UNREGISTERED,
/**
* Film grain parameters for a frame, described by AVFilmGrainParams.
* Must be present for every frame which should have film grain applied.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS,
/**
* Bounding boxes for object detection and classification,
* as described by AVDetectionBBoxHeader.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DETECTION_BBOXES,
/**
* Dolby Vision RPU raw data, suitable for passing to x265
* or other libraries. Array of uint8_t, with NAL emulation
* bytes intact.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_RPU_BUFFER,
/**
* Parsed Dolby Vision metadata, suitable for passing to a software
* implementation. The payload is the AVDOVIMetadata struct defined in
* libavutil/dovi_meta.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_METADATA,
/**
* HDR Vivid dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
* an AVDynamicHDRVivid type and contains information for color
* volume transform - CUVA 005.1-2021.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_VIVID,
/**
* Ambient viewing environment metadata, as defined by H.274.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT,
};
enum AVActiveFormatDescription {
AV_AFD_SAME = 8,
AV_AFD_4_3 = 9,
AV_AFD_16_9 = 10,
AV_AFD_14_9 = 11,
AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13,
AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14,
AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15,
};
/**
* Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame.
*
* sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
* to the end with a minor bump.
*/
typedef struct AVFrameSideData {
enum AVFrameSideDataType type;
uint8_t *data;
size_t size;
AVDictionary *metadata;
AVBufferRef *buf;
} AVFrameSideData;
/**
* Structure describing a single Region Of Interest.
*
* When multiple regions are defined in a single side-data block, they
* should be ordered from most to least important - some encoders are only
* capable of supporting a limited number of distinct regions, so will have
* to truncate the list.
*
* When overlapping regions are defined, the first region containing a given
* area of the frame applies.
*/
typedef struct AVRegionOfInterest {
/**
* Must be set to the size of this data structure (that is,
* sizeof(AVRegionOfInterest)).
*/
uint32_t self_size;
/**
* Distance in pixels from the top edge of the frame to the top and
* bottom edges and from the left edge of the frame to the left and
* right edges of the rectangle defining this region of interest.
*
* The constraints on a region are encoder dependent, so the region
* actually affected may be slightly larger for alignment or other
* reasons.
*/
int top;
int bottom;
int left;
int right;
/**
* Quantisation offset.
*
* Must be in the range -1 to +1. A value of zero indicates no quality
* change. A negative value asks for better quality (less quantisation),
* while a positive value asks for worse quality (greater quantisation).
*
* The range is calibrated so that the extreme values indicate the
* largest possible offset - if the rest of the frame is encoded with the
* worst possible quality, an offset of -1 indicates that this region
* should be encoded with the best possible quality anyway. Intermediate
* values are then interpolated in some codec-dependent way.
*
* For example, in 10-bit H.264 the quantisation parameter varies between
* -12 and 51. A typical qoffset value of -1/10 therefore indicates that
* this region should be encoded with a QP around one-tenth of the full
* range better than the rest of the frame. So, if most of the frame
* were to be encoded with a QP of around 30, this region would get a QP
* of around 24 (an offset of approximately -1/10 * (51 - -12) = -6.3).
* An extreme value of -1 would indicate that this region should be
* encoded with the best possible quality regardless of the treatment of
* the rest of the frame - that is, should be encoded at a QP of -12.
*/
AVRational qoffset;
} AVRegionOfInterest;
/**
* This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data.
*
* AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only
* allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed
* through other means (see below).
* AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free().
*
* AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold
* different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a
* decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by
* the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it
* is reused again.
*
* The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the
* AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf /
* AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at
* least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case,
* every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in
* AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf.
* There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for
* each plane, or anything in between.
*
* sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
* to the end with a minor bump.
*
* Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the
* C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass
* for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class()
*/
typedef struct AVFrame {
#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8
/**
* pointer to the picture/channel planes.
* This might be different from the first allocated byte. For video,
* it could even point to the end of the image data.
*
* All pointers in data and extended_data must point into one of the
* AVBufferRef in buf or extended_buf.
*
* Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please
* see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read
* up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used,
* then 16 extra bytes must be allocated.
*
* NOTE: Pointers not needed by the format MUST be set to NULL.
*
* @attention In case of video, the data[] pointers can point to the
* end of image data in order to reverse line order, when used in
* combination with negative values in the linesize[] array.
*/
uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* For video, a positive or negative value, which is typically indicating
* the size in bytes of each picture line, but it can also be:
* - the negative byte size of lines for vertical flipping
* (with data[n] pointing to the end of the data
* - a positive or negative multiple of the byte size as for accessing
* even and odd fields of a frame (possibly flipped)
*
* For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel
* plane must be the same size.
*
* For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment
* preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs.
* Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without
* correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference.
*
* @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there
* may be extra padding present for performance reasons.
*
* @attention In case of video, line size values can be negative to achieve
* a vertically inverted iteration over image lines.
*/
int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* pointers to the data planes/channels.
*
* For video, this should simply point to data[].
*
* For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and
* linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer.
* For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0]
* contains the total size of the buffer for all channels.
*
* Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame,
* but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data,
* extended_data must be used in order to access all channels.
*/
uint8_t **extended_data;
/**
* @name Video dimensions
* Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame,
* i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values.
*
* @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further
* restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle".
* @{
*/
int width, height;
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame
*/
int nb_samples;
/**
* format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset
* Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames,
* enum AVSampleFormat for audio)
*/
int format;
/**
* 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not
*/
int key_frame;
/**
* Picture type of the frame.
*/
enum AVPictureType pict_type;
/**
* Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified.
*/
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
/**
* Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user).
*/
int64_t pts;
/**
* DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used)
* This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from
* only AVPacket.dts values without pts values.
*/
int64_t pkt_dts;
/**
* Time base for the timestamps in this frame.
* In the future, this field may be set on frames output by decoders or
* filters, but its value will be by default ignored on input to encoders
* or filters.
*/
AVRational time_base;
#if FF_API_FRAME_PICTURE_NUMBER
/**
* picture number in bitstream order
*/
attribute_deprecated
int coded_picture_number;
/**
* picture number in display order
*/
attribute_deprecated
int display_picture_number;
#endif
/**
* quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad))
*/
int quality;
/**
* for some private data of the user
*/
void *opaque;
/**
* When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed.
* extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps)
*/
int repeat_pict;
/**
* The content of the picture is interlaced.
*/
int interlaced_frame;
/**
* If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first.
*/
int top_field_first;
/**
* Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame.
*/
int palette_has_changed;
#if FF_API_REORDERED_OPAQUE
/**
* reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float
* PTS but can be anything).
* The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at
* that time,
* the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque
* to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque
*
* @deprecated Use AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
int64_t reordered_opaque;
#endif
/**
* Sample rate of the audio data.
*/
int sample_rate;
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/**
* Channel layout of the audio data.
* @deprecated use ch_layout instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint64_t channel_layout;
#endif
/**
* AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. All the pointers in
* data and extended_data must point inside one of the buffers in buf or
* extended_buf. This array must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is
* non-NULL then buf[j] must also be non-NULL for all j < i.
*
* There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array
* always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than
* AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in
* this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the
* extended_buf array.
*/
AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS
* AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which
* cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
*
* Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always
* contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers,
* which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
*
* This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs
* the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref().
*/
AVBufferRef **extended_buf;
/**
* Number of elements in extended_buf.
*/
int nb_extended_buf;
AVFrameSideData **side_data;
int nb_side_data;
/**
* @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS
* @ingroup lavu_frame
* Flags describing additional frame properties.
*
* @{
*/
/**
* The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors.
*/
#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0)
/**
* A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output.
*/
#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags
*/
int flags;
/**
* MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
* - encoding: Set by user
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
enum AVColorRange color_range;
enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
/**
* YUV colorspace type.
* - encoding: Set by user
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location;
/**
* frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
*/
int64_t best_effort_timestamp;
/**
* reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Read by user.
*/
int64_t pkt_pos;
#if FF_API_PKT_DURATION
/**
* duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in
* AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Read by user.
*
* @deprecated use duration instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
int64_t pkt_duration;
#endif
/**
* metadata.
* - encoding: Set by user.
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
*/
AVDictionary *metadata;
/**
* decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of
* FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there
* were errors during the decoding.
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
*/
int decode_error_flags;
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT_ACTIVE 4
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_DECODE_SLICES 8
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/**
* number of audio channels, only used for audio.
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Read by user.
* @deprecated use ch_layout instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
int channels;
#endif
/**
* size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed
* frame.
* It is set to a negative value if unknown.
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
*/
int pkt_size;
/**
* For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the
* AVHWFramesContext describing the frame.
*/
AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
/**
* AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the
* contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when
* the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new
* reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field.
*
* This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar
* purpose.
*/
AVBufferRef *opaque_ref;
/**
* @anchor cropping
* @name Cropping
* Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the
* top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of
* the frame intended for presentation.
* @{
*/
size_t crop_top;
size_t crop_bottom;
size_t crop_left;
size_t crop_right;
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library.
* Must not be used to transfer data between libraries.
* Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library.
*
* Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of the buffer ref.
*
* FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced.
* av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref()
* for the target frame's private_ref field.
*/
AVBufferRef *private_ref;
/**
* Channel layout of the audio data.
*/
AVChannelLayout ch_layout;
/**
* Duration of the frame, in the same units as pts. 0 if unknown.
*/
int64_t duration;
} AVFrame;
/**
* Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting
* struct must be freed using av_frame_free().
*
* @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure.
*
* @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those
* must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or
* manually.
*/
AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void);
/**
* Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it,
* e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be
* unreferenced first.
*
* @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
*/
void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame);
/**
* Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame.
*
* Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each
* AVBufferRef from src.
*
* If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is
* copied.
*
* @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst),
* or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this
* function, or undefined behavior will occur.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
*/
int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
/**
* Create a new frame that references the same data as src.
*
* This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref().
*
* @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error.
*/
AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src);
/**
* Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields.
*/
void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame);
/**
* Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src.
*
* @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading
* or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually
* before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked.
*/
void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src);
/**
* Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data.
*
* The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function:
* - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio)
* - width and height for video
* - nb_samples and ch_layout for audio
*
* This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if
* necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf.
* For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane.
*
* @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will
* leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain
* cases.
*
* @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers.
* @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be
* chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly
* recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
*/
int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align);
/**
* Check if the frame data is writable.
*
* @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and
* only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one
* stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise.
*
* If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any
* of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly).
*
* @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable()
*/
int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame);
/**
* Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible.
*
* Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data
* if it is not. Non-refcounted frames behave as non-writable, i.e. a copy
* is always made.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
*
* @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(),
* av_buffer_make_writable()
*/
int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame);
/**
* Copy the frame data from src to dst.
*
* This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and
* allocated with the same parameters as src.
*
* This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data /
* extended data arrays), not any other properties.
*
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
*/
int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
/**
* Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst.
*
* Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect
* the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample
* aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout.
* Side data is also copied.
*/
int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
/**
* Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in.
*
* @param frame the frame to get the plane's buffer from
* @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data.
*
* @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input
* frame is not valid.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane);
/**
* Add a new side data to a frame.
*
* @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
* @param type type of the added side data
* @param size size of the side data
*
* @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error
*/
AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame,
enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
size_t size);
/**
* Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef
*
* @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
* @param type the type of the added side data
* @param buf an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of
* the reference is transferred to the frame.
*
* @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure
* the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by
* the caller.
*/
AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame *frame,
enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
AVBufferRef *buf);
/**
* @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there
* is no side data with such type in this frame.
*/
AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame,
enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
/**
* Remove and free all side data instances of the given type.
*/
void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
/**
* Flags for frame cropping.
*/
enum {
/**
* Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the
* AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data
* to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior
* (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that
* are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you
* absolutely know what you are doing.
*/
AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0,
};
/**
* Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/
* crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the
* data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0.
*
* In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent
* alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel
* formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even
* if the cropping was rounded or ignored.
*
* @param frame the frame which should be cropped
* @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0.
*
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields
* were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed.
*/
int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags);
/**
* @return a string identifying the side data type
*/
const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */

264
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hash.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger <Reimar.Doeffinger@gmx.de>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_hash_generic
* Generic hashing API
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H
#define AVUTIL_HASH_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_hash Hash Functions
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* Hash functions useful in multimedia.
*
* Hash functions are widely used in multimedia, from error checking and
* concealment to internal regression testing. libavutil has efficient
* implementations of a variety of hash functions that may be useful for
* FFmpeg and other multimedia applications.
*
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_hash_generic Generic Hashing API
* An abstraction layer for all hash functions supported by libavutil.
*
* If your application needs to support a wide range of different hash
* functions, then the Generic Hashing API is for you. It provides a generic,
* reusable API for @ref lavu_hash "all hash functions" implemented in libavutil.
* If you just need to use one particular hash function, use the @ref lavu_hash
* "individual hash" directly.
*
* @section Sample Code
*
* A basic template for using the Generic Hashing API follows:
*
* @code
* struct AVHashContext *ctx = NULL;
* const char *hash_name = NULL;
* uint8_t *output_buf = NULL;
*
* // Select from a string returned by av_hash_names()
* hash_name = ...;
*
* // Allocate a hash context
* ret = av_hash_alloc(&ctx, hash_name);
* if (ret < 0)
* return ret;
*
* // Initialize the hash context
* av_hash_init(ctx);
*
* // Update the hash context with data
* while (data_left) {
* av_hash_update(ctx, data, size);
* }
*
* // Now we have no more data, so it is time to finalize the hash and get the
* // output. But we need to first allocate an output buffer. Note that you can
* // use any memory allocation function, including malloc(), not just
* // av_malloc().
* output_buf = av_malloc(av_hash_get_size(ctx));
* if (!output_buf)
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
*
* // Finalize the hash context.
* // You can use any of the av_hash_final*() functions provided, for other
* // output formats. If you do so, be sure to adjust the memory allocation
* // above. See the function documentation below for the exact amount of extra
* // memory needed.
* av_hash_final(ctx, output_buffer);
*
* // Free the context
* av_hash_freep(&ctx);
* @endcode
*
* @section Hash Function-Specific Information
* If the CRC32 hash is selected, the #AV_CRC_32_IEEE polynomial will be
* used.
*
* If the Murmur3 hash is selected, the default seed will be used. See @ref
* lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Murmur3" for more information.
*
* @{
*/
/**
* @example ffhash.c
* This example is a simple command line application that takes one or more
* arguments. It demonstrates a typical use of the hashing API with allocation,
* initialization, updating, and finalizing.
*/
struct AVHashContext;
/**
* Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name.
*
* @return >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure
*
* @note The context is not initialized after a call to this function; you must
* call av_hash_init() to do so.
*/
int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name);
/**
* Get the names of available hash algorithms.
*
* This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms.
*
* @param[in] i Index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0
* @return Pointer to a static string or `NULL` if `i` is out of range
*/
const char *av_hash_names(int i);
/**
* Get the name of the algorithm corresponding to the given hash context.
*/
const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
/**
* Maximum value that av_hash_get_size() will currently return.
*
* You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation for
* the output buffer and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to
* libavutil without recompilation.
*
* @warning
* Adding new hashes with larger sizes, and increasing the macro while doing
* so, will not be considered an ABI change. To prevent your code from
* overflowing a buffer, either dynamically allocate the output buffer with
* av_hash_get_size(), or limit your use of the Hashing API to hashes that are
* already in FFmpeg during the time of compilation.
*/
#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64
/**
* Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes.
*
* The maximum value this function will currently return is available as macro
* #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE.
*
* @param[in] ctx Hash context
* @return Size of the hash value in bytes
*/
int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
/**
* Initialize or reset a hash context.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
*/
void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx);
/**
* Update a hash context with additional data.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
* @param[in] src Data to be added to the hash context
* @param[in] len Size of the additional data
*/
void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
/**
* Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value.
*
* The minimum size of `dst` buffer is given by av_hash_get_size() or
* #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. The use of the latter macro is discouraged.
*
* It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
* been finalized.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
* @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
*
* @see av_hash_final_bin() provides an alternative API
*/
void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
/**
* Finalize a hash context and store the actual hash value in a buffer.
*
* It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
* been finalized.
*
* If `size` is smaller than the hash size (given by av_hash_get_size()), the
* hash is truncated; if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
* @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
* @param[in] size Number of bytes to write to `dst`
*/
void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
/**
* Finalize a hash context and store the hexadecimal representation of the
* actual hash value as a string.
*
* It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
* been finalized.
*
* The string is always 0-terminated.
*
* If `size` is smaller than `2 * hash_size + 1`, where `hash_size` is the
* value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
* @param[out] dst Where the string will be stored
* @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst`
*/
void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
/**
* Finalize a hash context and store the Base64 representation of the
* actual hash value as a string.
*
* It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
* been finalized.
*
* The string is always 0-terminated.
*
* If `size` is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), where `hash_size` is
* the value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
* @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
* @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst`
*/
void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
/**
* Free hash context and set hash context pointer to `NULL`.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Pointer to hash context
*/
void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */

343
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2018 Mohammad Izadi <moh.izadi at gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H
#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H
#include "frame.h"
#include "rational.h"
/**
* Option for overlapping elliptical pixel selectors in an image.
*/
enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption {
AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_WEIGHTED_AVERAGING = 0,
AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_LAYERING = 1,
};
/**
* Represents the percentile at a specific percentage in
* a distribution.
*/
typedef struct AVHDRPlusPercentile {
/**
* The percentage value corresponding to a specific percentile linearized
* RGB value in the processing window in the scene. The value shall be in
* the range of 0 to100, inclusive.
*/
uint8_t percentage;
/**
* The linearized maxRGB value at a specific percentile in the processing
* window in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive
* and in multiples of 0.00001.
*/
AVRational percentile;
} AVHDRPlusPercentile;
/**
* Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for
* SMPTE 2094-40.
*/
typedef struct AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams {
/**
* The relative x coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
* in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
* to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for
* first processing window shall be 0.
*/
AVRational window_upper_left_corner_x;
/**
* The relative y coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
* in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
* to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for
* first processing window shall be 0.
*/
AVRational window_upper_left_corner_y;
/**
* The relative x coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
* in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
* to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for
* first processing window shall be 1.
*/
AVRational window_lower_right_corner_x;
/**
* The relative y coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
* in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
* to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for
* first processing window shall be 1.
*/
AVRational window_lower_right_corner_y;
/**
* The x coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and
* external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (width of Picture - 1),
* inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
*/
uint16_t center_of_ellipse_x;
/**
* The y coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and
* external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (height of Picture - 1),
* inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
*/
uint16_t center_of_ellipse_y;
/**
* The clockwise rotation angle in degree of arc with respect to the
* positive direction of the x-axis of the concentric internal and external
* ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing window. The
* value shall be in the range of 0 to 180, inclusive and in multiples of 1.
*/
uint8_t rotation_angle;
/**
* The semi-major axis value of the internal ellipse of the elliptical pixel
* selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be
* in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
*/
uint16_t semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse;
/**
* The semi-major axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel
* selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value
* shall not be less than semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse of the current
* processing window. The value shall be in the range of 1 to 65535,
* inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
*/
uint16_t semimajor_axis_external_ellipse;
/**
* The semi-minor axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel
* selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be
* in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
*/
uint16_t semiminor_axis_external_ellipse;
/**
* Overlap process option indicates one of the two methods of combining
* rendered pixels in the processing window in an image with at least one
* elliptical pixel selector. For overlapping elliptical pixel selectors
* in an image, overlap_process_option shall have the same value.
*/
enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption overlap_process_option;
/**
* The maximum of the color components of linearized RGB values in the
* processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0 to
* 1, inclusive and in multiples of 0.00001. maxscl[ 0 ], maxscl[ 1 ], and
* maxscl[ 2 ] are corresponding to R, G, B color components respectively.
*/
AVRational maxscl[3];
/**
* The average of linearized maxRGB values in the processing window in the
* scene. The value should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in
* multiples of 0.00001.
*/
AVRational average_maxrgb;
/**
* The number of linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the
* processing window in the scene. The maximum value shall be 15.
*/
uint8_t num_distribution_maxrgb_percentiles;
/**
* The linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the
* processing window in the scene.
*/
AVHDRPlusPercentile distribution_maxrgb[15];
/**
* The fraction of selected pixels in the image that contains the brightest
* pixel in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive
* and in multiples of 0.001.
*/
AVRational fraction_bright_pixels;
/**
* This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in
* the processing window is present (for value of 1).
*/
uint8_t tone_mapping_flag;
/**
* The x coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the
* curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range
* of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095.
*/
AVRational knee_point_x;
/**
* The y coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the
* curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range
* of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095.
*/
AVRational knee_point_y;
/**
* The number of the intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping
* function in the processing window. The maximum value shall be 15.
*/
uint8_t num_bezier_curve_anchors;
/**
* The intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping function in the
* processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0
* to 1, inclusive and in multiples of 1/1023.
*/
AVRational bezier_curve_anchors[15];
/**
* This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of
* this Specification. Other values are reserved for future use.
*/
uint8_t color_saturation_mapping_flag;
/**
* The color saturation gain in the processing window in the scene. The
* value shall be in the range of 0 to 63/8, inclusive and in multiples of
* 1/8. The default value shall be 1.
*/
AVRational color_saturation_weight;
} AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams;
/**
* This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform -
* application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard.
*
* To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
* appropriate type.
*
* @note The struct should be allocated with
* av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc() and its size is not a part of
* the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVDynamicHDRPlus {
/**
* Country code by Rec. ITU-T T.35 Annex A. The value shall be 0xB5.
*/
uint8_t itu_t_t35_country_code;
/**
* Application version in the application defining document in ST-2094
* suite. The value shall be set to 0.
*/
uint8_t application_version;
/**
* The number of processing windows. The value shall be in the range
* of 1 to 3, inclusive.
*/
uint8_t num_windows;
/**
* The color transform parameters for every processing window.
*/
AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams params[3];
/**
* The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display,
* in units of 0.0001 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in
* the range of 0 to 10000, inclusive.
*/
AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance;
/**
* This flag shall be equal to 0 in bit streams conforming to this version
* of this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use.
*/
uint8_t targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag;
/**
* The number of rows in the targeted system_display_actual_peak_luminance
* array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
*/
uint8_t num_rows_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance;
/**
* The number of columns in the
* targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance array. The value shall be
* in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
*/
uint8_t num_cols_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance;
/**
* The normalized actual peak luminance of the targeted system display. The
* values should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in multiples of
* 1/15.
*/
AVRational targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25];
/**
* This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of
* this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use.
*/
uint8_t mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag;
/**
* The number of rows in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance array.
* The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
*/
uint8_t num_rows_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance;
/**
* The number of columns in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance
* array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
*/
uint8_t num_cols_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance;
/**
* The normalized actual peak luminance of the mastering display used for
* mastering the image essence. The values should be in the range of 0 to 1,
* inclusive and in multiples of 1/15.
*/
AVRational mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25];
} AVDynamicHDRPlus;
/**
* Allocate an AVDynamicHDRPlus structure and set its fields to
* default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
*
* @return An AVDynamicHDRPlus filled with default values or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc(size_t *size);
/**
* Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRPlus and add it to the frame.
* @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
*
* @return The AVDynamicHDRPlus structure to be filled by caller or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H */

285
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2021 Limin Wang <lance.lmwang at gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H
#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H
#include "frame.h"
#include "rational.h"
/**
* Color tone mapping parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for
* CUVA 005.1:2021.
*/
typedef struct AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams {
/**
* The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display,
* in multiples of 1.0/4095 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in
* the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
*/
AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance;
/**
* This flag indicates that transfer the base paramter(for value of 1)
*/
int base_enable_flag;
/**
* base_param_m_p in the base parameter,
* in multiples of 1.0/16383. The value shall be in
* the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
*/
AVRational base_param_m_p;
/**
* base_param_m_m in the base parameter,
* in multiples of 1.0/10. The value shall be in
* the range of 0.0 to 6.3, inclusive.
*/
AVRational base_param_m_m;
/**
* base_param_m_a in the base parameter,
* in multiples of 1.0/1023. The value shall be in
* the range of 0.0 to 1.0 inclusive.
*/
AVRational base_param_m_a;
/**
* base_param_m_b in the base parameter,
* in multiples of 1/1023. The value shall be in
* the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
*/
AVRational base_param_m_b;
/**
* base_param_m_n in the base parameter,
* in multiples of 1.0/10. The value shall be in
* the range of 0.0 to 6.3, inclusive.
*/
AVRational base_param_m_n;
/**
* indicates k1_0 in the base parameter,
* base_param_k1 <= 1: k1_0 = base_param_k1
* base_param_k1 > 1: reserved
*/
int base_param_k1;
/**
* indicates k2_0 in the base parameter,
* base_param_k2 <= 1: k2_0 = base_param_k2
* base_param_k2 > 1: reserved
*/
int base_param_k2;
/**
* indicates k3_0 in the base parameter,
* base_param_k3 == 1: k3_0 = base_param_k3
* base_param_k3 == 2: k3_0 = maximum_maxrgb
* base_param_k3 > 2: reserved
*/
int base_param_k3;
/**
* This flag indicates that delta mode of base paramter(for value of 1)
*/
int base_param_Delta_enable_mode;
/**
* base_param_Delta in the base parameter,
* in multiples of 1.0/127. The value shall be in
* the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
*/
AVRational base_param_Delta;
/**
* indicates 3Spline_enable_flag in the base parameter,
* This flag indicates that transfer three Spline of base paramter(for value of 1)
*/
int three_Spline_enable_flag;
/**
* The number of three Spline. The value shall be in the range
* of 1 to 2, inclusive.
*/
int three_Spline_num;
/**
* The mode of three Spline. the value shall be in the range
* of 0 to 3, inclusive.
*/
int three_Spline_TH_mode;
/**
* three_Spline_TH_enable_MB is in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive
* and in multiples of 1.0/255.
*
*/
AVRational three_Spline_TH_enable_MB;
/**
* 3Spline_TH_enable of three Spline.
* The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
* and in multiples of 1.0/4095.
*/
AVRational three_Spline_TH_enable;
/**
* 3Spline_TH_Delta1 of three Spline.
* The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive,
* and in multiples of 0.25/1023.
*/
AVRational three_Spline_TH_Delta1;
/**
* 3Spline_TH_Delta2 of three Spline.
* The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive,
* and in multiples of 0.25/1023.
*/
AVRational three_Spline_TH_Delta2;
/**
* 3Spline_enable_Strength of three Spline.
* The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive,
* and in multiples of 1.0/255.
*/
AVRational three_Spline_enable_Strength;
} AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams;
/**
* Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for
* CUVA 005.1:2021.
*/
typedef struct AVHDRVividColorTransformParams {
/**
* Indicates the minimum brightness of the displayed content.
* The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0,
* inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095.
*/
AVRational minimum_maxrgb;
/**
* Indicates the average brightness of the displayed content.
* The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0,
* inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095.
*/
AVRational average_maxrgb;
/**
* Indicates the variance brightness of the displayed content.
* The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0,
* inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095.
*/
AVRational variance_maxrgb;
/**
* Indicates the maximum brightness of the displayed content.
* The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive
* and in multiples of 1/4095.
*/
AVRational maximum_maxrgb;
/**
* This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in
* the processing window is present (for value of 1).
*/
int tone_mapping_mode_flag;
/**
* The number of tone mapping param. The value shall be in the range
* of 1 to 2, inclusive.
*/
int tone_mapping_param_num;
/**
* The color tone mapping parameters.
*/
AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams tm_params[2];
/**
* This flag indicates that the metadata for the color saturation mapping in
* the processing window is present (for value of 1).
*/
int color_saturation_mapping_flag;
/**
* The number of color saturation param. The value shall be in the range
* of 0 to 7, inclusive.
*/
int color_saturation_num;
/**
* Indicates the color correction strength parameter.
* The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 2.0, inclusive
* and in multiples of 1/128.
*/
AVRational color_saturation_gain[8];
} AVHDRVividColorTransformParams;
/**
* This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform -
* CUVA 005.1:2021 standard
*
* To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
* appropriate type.
*
* @note The struct should be allocated with
* av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_alloc() and its size is not a part of
* the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVDynamicHDRVivid {
/**
* The system start code. The value shall be set to 0x01.
*/
uint8_t system_start_code;
/**
* The number of processing windows. The value shall be set to 0x01
* if the system_start_code is 0x01.
*/
uint8_t num_windows;
/**
* The color transform parameters for every processing window.
*/
AVHDRVividColorTransformParams params[3];
} AVDynamicHDRVivid;
/**
* Allocate an AVDynamicHDRVivid structure and set its fields to
* default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
*
* @return An AVDynamicHDRVivid filled with default values or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVDynamicHDRVivid *av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_alloc(size_t *size);
/**
* Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRVivid and add it to the frame.
* @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
*
* @return The AVDynamicHDRVivid structure to be filled by caller or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVDynamicHDRVivid *av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H */

99
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hmac.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H
#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
enum AVHMACType {
AV_HMAC_MD5,
AV_HMAC_SHA1,
AV_HMAC_SHA224,
AV_HMAC_SHA256,
AV_HMAC_SHA384,
AV_HMAC_SHA512,
};
typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC;
/**
* Allocate an AVHMAC context.
* @param type The hash function used for the HMAC.
*/
AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type);
/**
* Free an AVHMAC context.
* @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL
*/
void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx);
/**
* Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key.
* @param ctx The HMAC context
* @param key The authentication key
* @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes
*/
void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen);
/**
* Hash data with the HMAC.
* @param ctx The HMAC context
* @param data The data to hash
* @param len The length of the data, in bytes
*/
void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len);
/**
* Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest.
* @param ctx The HMAC context
* @param out The output buffer to write the digest into
* @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes
* @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code.
*/
int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen);
/**
* Hash an array of data with a key.
* @param ctx The HMAC context
* @param data The data to hash
* @param len The length of the data, in bytes
* @param key The authentication key
* @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes
* @param out The output buffer to write the digest into
* @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes
* @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code.
*/
int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len,
const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen,
uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */

610
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,610 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
#include "buffer.h"
#include "frame.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "pixfmt.h"
enum AVHWDeviceType {
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VULKAN,
};
typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal;
/**
* This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state,
* i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration.
* E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding,
* this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding
* and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be
* derived.
*
* This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The
* av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field
* points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from
* AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with
* specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the
* references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed,
* optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware
* state.
*/
typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext {
/**
* A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc().
*/
const AVClass *av_class;
/**
* Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
* way by the caller.
*/
AVHWDeviceInternal *internal;
/**
* This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access.
*
* This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed
* afterwards.
*/
enum AVHWDeviceType type;
/**
* The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with
* this context.
*
* Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
* corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the
* documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
*
* After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified
* by the caller.
*/
void *hwctx;
/**
* This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
*
* If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
* this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
*
* @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this
* struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects
* are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked.
*/
void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx);
/**
* Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
*/
void *user_opaque;
} AVHWDeviceContext;
typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal;
/**
* This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with
* data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are
* assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable.
*
* This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a
* given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor
* yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext
* struct.
*/
typedef struct AVHWFramesContext {
/**
* A class for logging.
*/
const AVClass *av_class;
/**
* Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
* way by the caller.
*/
AVHWFramesInternal *internal;
/**
* A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and
* managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive
* additional references from it.
*/
AVBufferRef *device_ref;
/**
* The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to
* device_ref->data provided for convenience.
*
* Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*/
AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx;
/**
* The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with
* this context.
*
* Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
* corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the
* documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*
* After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this
* struct should not be modified by the caller.
*/
void *hwctx;
/**
* This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*
* If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
* this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
*/
void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx);
/**
* Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
*/
void *user_opaque;
/**
* A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer().
* This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
* The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must
* have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw
* type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before
* this struct's free() callback is invoked.
*
* This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool
* internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at
* fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a
* case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately.
*/
AVBufferPool *pool;
/**
* Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support
* dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size.
*
* May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be
* set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools.
*/
int initial_pool_size;
/**
* The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type.
*
* Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the
* AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set.
*
* Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*/
enum AVPixelFormat format;
/**
* The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware
* frames.
*
* Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*
* @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but
* only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully
* planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be
* AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else).
*/
enum AVPixelFormat sw_format;
/**
* The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool.
*
* Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*/
int width, height;
} AVHWFramesContext;
/**
* Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name.
*
* @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive).
* @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if
* not found.
*/
enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name);
/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType.
*
* @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType.
* @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type
* is not valid.
*/
const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
/**
* Iterate over supported device types.
*
* @param prev AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type
* returned by this function in subsequent iterations.
* @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or
* AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more.
*/
enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev);
/**
* Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type.
*
* @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate.
* @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
/**
* Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after
* the context is filled with all the required information and before it is
* used in any way.
*
* @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
/**
* Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it.
*
* This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers
* who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device
* manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using
* av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
*
* The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller
* should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of
* the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be
* touched by the caller.
*
* @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context
* will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller
* and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer
* needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer.
* @param type The type of the device to create.
* @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open.
* @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in
* opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller.
* @param flags currently unused
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type,
const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags);
/**
* Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device.
*
* If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally
* derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate
* devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the
* existing device of the same type as is requested.
*
* Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source
* device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will
* attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in
* turn looking for an implemented derivation method.
*
* @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created
* AVHWDeviceContext.
* @param type The type of the new device to create.
* @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be
* used to create the new device.
* @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero.
* @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx,
enum AVHWDeviceType type,
AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags);
/**
* Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device.
*
* This function performs the same action as av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived,
* however, it is able to set options for the new device to be derived.
*
* @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created
* AVHWDeviceContext.
* @param type The type of the new device to create.
* @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be
* used to create the new device.
* @param options Options for the new device to create, same format as in
* av_hwdevice_ctx_create.
* @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero.
* @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived_opts(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx,
enum AVHWDeviceType type,
AVBufferRef *src_ctx,
AVDictionary *options, int flags);
/**
* Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context.
*
* @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make
* a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the
* function remains owned by the caller.
* @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
/**
* Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the
* context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached
* to any frames.
*
* @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
/**
* Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext.
*
* @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext
* @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with
* newly allocated buffers.
* @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
/**
* Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an
* AVHWFramesContext attached.
*
* If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set)
* must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src,
* AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM).
* If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one
* of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst,
* AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO)
*
* dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the
* data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer().
* If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when
* dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen.
*
* The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to
* AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support
* transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions
* (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but
* also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are
* smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the
* destination frame is unspecified.
*
* @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure.
* @param src the source frame.
* @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure.
*/
int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection {
/**
* Transfer the data from the queried hw frame.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM,
/**
* Transfer the data to the queried hw frame.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO,
};
/**
* Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in
* av_hwframe_transfer_data().
*
* @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for
* @param dir the direction of the transfer
* @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here.
* The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed
* by the caller when no longer needed using av_free().
* If this function returns successfully, the format list will
* have at least one item (not counting the terminator).
* On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified.
* @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx,
enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir,
enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags);
/**
* This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to
* a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned
* by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by
* av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use.
*/
typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints {
/**
* A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx,
* terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats;
/**
* A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx,
* terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is
* not known.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats;
/**
* The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
* (Zero if not known.)
*/
int min_width;
int min_height;
/**
* The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
* (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.)
*/
int max_width;
int max_height;
} AVHWFramesConstraints;
/**
* Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device.
* After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific
* hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with
* av_free().
*
* @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
* @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on
* success or NULL on failure.
*/
void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
/**
* Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific
* configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific
* configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities
* of the device.
*
* @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
* @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL
* to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device.
* @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints
* on the device, or NULL if not available.
*/
AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref,
const void *hwconfig);
/**
* Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
*
* @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
*/
void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints);
/**
* Flags to apply to frame mappings.
*/
enum {
/**
* The mapping must be readable.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0,
/**
* The mapping must be writeable.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1,
/**
* The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent
* operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values
* which are not overwritten are unspecified.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2,
/**
* The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in
* the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may
* be much lower than normal memory.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3,
};
/**
* Map a hardware frame.
*
* This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format
* and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable
* frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created
* by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and
* dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context.
*
* If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst,
* then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to
* the frame that src was originally mapped from.
*
* If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function
* attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and
* then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be
* possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible -
* given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to
* create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible.
*
* If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is
* mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame.
* If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst
* with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is
* AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate
* format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context).
*
* A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not
* possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return
* values indicate that it failed somehow.
*
* On failure, the destination frame will be left blank, except for the
* hw_frames_ctx/format fields thay may have been set by the caller - those will
* be preserved as they were.
*
* @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping.
* @param src Source frame, to be mapped.
* @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags.
* @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
/**
* Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing
* AVHWFramesContext on a different device.
*
* av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this.
*
* @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created
* AVHWFramesContext.
* @param format The AVPixelFormat for the derived context.
* @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new
* AVHWFramesContext on.
* @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext
* which will be mapped to the derived context.
* @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the
* mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated
* in the derived device.
* @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx,
enum AVPixelFormat format,
AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx,
AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx,
int flags);
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */

69
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H
#ifndef CUDA_VERSION
#include <cuda.h>
#endif
#include "pixfmt.h"
/**
* @file
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA.
*
* This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
* AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CUdeviceptr.
*/
typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContextInternal AVCUDADeviceContextInternal;
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContext {
CUcontext cuda_ctx;
CUstream stream;
AVCUDADeviceContextInternal *internal;
} AVCUDADeviceContext;
/**
* AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used
*/
/**
* @defgroup hwcontext_cuda Device context creation flags
*
* Flags for av_hwdevice_ctx_create.
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Use primary device context instead of creating a new one.
*/
#define AV_CUDA_USE_PRIMARY_CONTEXT (1 << 0)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H */

178
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H
/**
* @file
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA.
*
* The default pool implementation will be fixed-size if initial_pool_size is
* set (and allocate elements from an array texture). Otherwise it will allocate
* individual textures. Be aware that decoding requires a single array texture.
*
* Using sw_format==AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P has special semantics, and maps to
* DXGI_FORMAT_420_OPAQUE. av_hwframe_transfer_data() is not supported for
* this format. Refer to MSDN for details.
*
* av_hwdevice_ctx_create() for this device type supports a key named "debug"
* for the AVDictionary entry. If this is set to any value, the device creation
* code will try to load various supported D3D debugging layers.
*/
#include <d3d11.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVD3D11VADeviceContext {
/**
* Device used for texture creation and access. This can also be used to
* set the libavcodec decoding device.
*
* Must be set by the user. This is the only mandatory field - the other
* device context fields are set from this and are available for convenience.
*
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
*/
ID3D11Device *device;
/**
* If unset, this will be set from the device field on init.
*
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
*/
ID3D11DeviceContext *device_context;
/**
* If unset, this will be set from the device field on init.
*
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
*/
ID3D11VideoDevice *video_device;
/**
* If unset, this will be set from the device_context field on init.
*
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
*/
ID3D11VideoContext *video_context;
/**
* Callbacks for locking. They protect accesses to device_context and
* video_context calls. They also protect access to the internal staging
* texture (for av_hwframe_transfer_data() calls). They do NOT protect
* access to hwcontext or decoder state in general.
*
* If unset on init, the hwcontext implementation will set them to use an
* internal mutex.
*
* The underlying lock must be recursive. lock_ctx is for free use by the
* locking implementation.
*/
void (*lock)(void *lock_ctx);
void (*unlock)(void *lock_ctx);
void *lock_ctx;
} AVD3D11VADeviceContext;
/**
* D3D11 frame descriptor for pool allocation.
*
* In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
* with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the
* planes of the frame.
*
* This has no use outside of custom allocation, and AVFrame AVBufferRef do not
* necessarily point to an instance of this struct.
*/
typedef struct AVD3D11FrameDescriptor {
/**
* The texture in which the frame is located. The reference count is
* managed by the AVBufferRef, and destroying the reference will release
* the interface.
*
* Normally stored in AVFrame.data[0].
*/
ID3D11Texture2D *texture;
/**
* The index into the array texture element representing the frame, or 0
* if the texture is not an array texture.
*
* Normally stored in AVFrame.data[1] (cast from intptr_t).
*/
intptr_t index;
} AVD3D11FrameDescriptor;
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVD3D11VAFramesContext {
/**
* The canonical texture used for pool allocation. If this is set to NULL
* on init, the hwframes implementation will allocate and set an array
* texture if initial_pool_size > 0.
*
* The only situation when the API user should set this is:
* - the user wants to do manual pool allocation (setting
* AVHWFramesContext.pool), instead of letting AVHWFramesContext
* allocate the pool
* - of an array texture
* - and wants it to use it for decoding
* - this has to be done before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init()
*
* Deallocating the AVHWFramesContext will always release this interface,
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
*
* This is in particular used by the libavcodec D3D11VA hwaccel, which
* requires a single array texture. It will create ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView
* objects for each array texture element on decoder initialization.
*/
ID3D11Texture2D *texture;
/**
* D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.BindFlags used for texture creation. The user must
* at least set D3D11_BIND_DECODER if the frames context is to be used for
* video decoding.
* This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
*/
UINT BindFlags;
/**
* D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.MiscFlags used for texture creation.
* This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
*/
UINT MiscFlags;
/**
* In case if texture structure member above is not NULL contains the same texture
* pointer for all elements and different indexes into the array texture.
* In case if texture structure member above is NULL, all elements contains
* pointers to separate non-array textures and 0 indexes.
* This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
*/
AVD3D11FrameDescriptor *texture_infos;
} AVD3D11VAFramesContext;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H */

169
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @file
* API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM.
*
* Internal frame allocation is not currently supported - all frames
* must be allocated by the user. Thus AVHWFramesContext is always
* NULL, though this may change if support for frame allocation is
* added in future.
*/
enum {
/**
* The maximum number of layers/planes in a DRM frame.
*/
AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES = 4
};
/**
* DRM object descriptor.
*
* Describes a single DRM object, addressing it as a PRIME file
* descriptor.
*/
typedef struct AVDRMObjectDescriptor {
/**
* DRM PRIME fd for the object.
*/
int fd;
/**
* Total size of the object.
*
* (This includes any parts not which do not contain image data.)
*/
size_t size;
/**
* Format modifier applied to the object (DRM_FORMAT_MOD_*).
*
* If the format modifier is unknown then this should be set to
* DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID.
*/
uint64_t format_modifier;
} AVDRMObjectDescriptor;
/**
* DRM plane descriptor.
*
* Describes a single plane of a layer, which is contained within
* a single object.
*/
typedef struct AVDRMPlaneDescriptor {
/**
* Index of the object containing this plane in the objects
* array of the enclosing frame descriptor.
*/
int object_index;
/**
* Offset within that object of this plane.
*/
ptrdiff_t offset;
/**
* Pitch (linesize) of this plane.
*/
ptrdiff_t pitch;
} AVDRMPlaneDescriptor;
/**
* DRM layer descriptor.
*
* Describes a single layer within a frame. This has the structure
* defined by its format, and will contain one or more planes.
*/
typedef struct AVDRMLayerDescriptor {
/**
* Format of the layer (DRM_FORMAT_*).
*/
uint32_t format;
/**
* Number of planes in the layer.
*
* This must match the number of planes required by format.
*/
int nb_planes;
/**
* Array of planes in this layer.
*/
AVDRMPlaneDescriptor planes[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
} AVDRMLayerDescriptor;
/**
* DRM frame descriptor.
*
* This is used as the data pointer for AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME frames.
* It is also used by user-allocated frame pools - allocating in
* AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs which contain
* an object of this type.
*
* The fields of this structure should be set such it can be
* imported directly by EGL using the EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import
* and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers extensions.
* (Note that the exact layout of a particular format may vary between
* platforms - we only specify that the same platform should be able
* to import it.)
*
* The total number of planes must not exceed AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES, and
* the order of the planes by increasing layer index followed by
* increasing plane index must be the same as the order which would
* be used for the data pointers in the equivalent software format.
*/
typedef struct AVDRMFrameDescriptor {
/**
* Number of DRM objects making up this frame.
*/
int nb_objects;
/**
* Array of objects making up the frame.
*/
AVDRMObjectDescriptor objects[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
/**
* Number of layers in the frame.
*/
int nb_layers;
/**
* Array of layers in the frame.
*/
AVDRMLayerDescriptor layers[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
} AVDRMFrameDescriptor;
/**
* DRM device.
*
* Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx.
*/
typedef struct AVDRMDeviceContext {
/**
* File descriptor of DRM device.
*
* This is used as the device to create frames on, and may also be
* used in some derivation and mapping operations.
*
* If no device is required, set to -1.
*/
int fd;
} AVDRMDeviceContext;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H */

75
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H
/**
* @file
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2.
*
* Only fixed-size pools are supported.
*
* For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
* with the data pointer set to a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9.
*/
#include <d3d9.h>
#include <dxva2api.h>
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVDXVA2DeviceContext {
IDirect3DDeviceManager9 *devmgr;
} AVDXVA2DeviceContext;
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVDXVA2FramesContext {
/**
* The surface type (e.g. DXVA2_VideoProcessorRenderTarget or
* DXVA2_VideoDecoderRenderTarget). Must be set by the caller.
*/
DWORD surface_type;
/**
* The surface pool. When an external pool is not provided by the caller,
* this will be managed (allocated and filled on init, freed on uninit) by
* libavutil.
*/
IDirect3DSurface9 **surfaces;
int nb_surfaces;
/**
* Certain drivers require the decoder to be destroyed before the surfaces.
* To allow internally managed pools to work properly in such cases, this
* field is provided.
*
* If it is non-NULL, libavutil will call IDirectXVideoDecoder_Release() on
* it just before the internal surface pool is freed.
*
* This is for convenience only. Some code uses other methods to manage the
* decoder reference.
*/
IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder_to_release;
} AVDXVA2FramesContext;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H */

61
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H
/**
* MediaCodec details.
*
* Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVMediaCodecDeviceContext {
/**
* android/view/Surface handle, to be filled by the user.
*
* This is the default surface used by decoders on this device.
*/
void *surface;
/**
* Pointer to ANativeWindow.
*
* It both surface and native_window is NULL, try to create it
* automatically if create_window is true and OS support
* createPersistentInputSurface.
*
* It can be used as output surface for decoder and input surface for
* encoder.
*/
void *native_window;
/**
* Enable createPersistentInputSurface automatically.
*
* Disabled by default.
*
* It can be enabled by setting this flag directly, or by setting
* AVDictionary of av_hwdevice_ctx_create(), with "create_window" as key.
* The second method is useful for ffmpeg cmdline, e.g., we can enable it
* via:
* -init_hw_device mediacodec=mediacodec,create_window=1
*/
int create_window;
} AVMediaCodecDeviceContext;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H */

100
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_opencl.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H
#ifdef __APPLE__
#include <OpenCL/cl.h>
#else
#include <CL/cl.h>
#endif
#include "frame.h"
/**
* @file
* API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL.
*
* Pools allocated internally are always dynamic, and are primarily intended
* to be used in OpenCL-only cases. If interoperation is required, it is
* typically required to allocate frames in the other API and then map the
* frames context to OpenCL with av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived().
*/
/**
* OpenCL frame descriptor for pool allocation.
*
* In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
* with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the
* planes of the frame.
*/
typedef struct AVOpenCLFrameDescriptor {
/**
* Number of planes in the frame.
*/
int nb_planes;
/**
* OpenCL image2d objects for each plane of the frame.
*/
cl_mem planes[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
} AVOpenCLFrameDescriptor;
/**
* OpenCL device details.
*
* Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVOpenCLDeviceContext {
/**
* The primary device ID of the device. If multiple OpenCL devices
* are associated with the context then this is the one which will
* be used for all operations internal to FFmpeg.
*/
cl_device_id device_id;
/**
* The OpenCL context which will contain all operations and frames on
* this device.
*/
cl_context context;
/**
* The default command queue for this device, which will be used by all
* frames contexts which do not have their own command queue. If not
* intialised by the user, a default queue will be created on the
* primary device.
*/
cl_command_queue command_queue;
} AVOpenCLDeviceContext;
/**
* OpenCL-specific data associated with a frame pool.
*
* Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx.
*/
typedef struct AVOpenCLFramesContext {
/**
* The command queue used for internal asynchronous operations on this
* device (av_hwframe_transfer_data(), av_hwframe_map()).
*
* If this is not set, the command queue from the associated device is
* used instead.
*/
cl_command_queue command_queue;
} AVOpenCLFramesContext;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H */

64
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H
#include <mfxvideo.h>
/**
* @file
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV.
*
* This API does not support dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must
* contain AVBufferRefs whose data pointer points to an mfxFrameSurface1 struct.
*/
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVQSVDeviceContext {
mfxSession session;
/**
* The mfxLoader handle used for mfxSession creation
*
* This field is only available for oneVPL user. For non-oneVPL user, this
* field must be set to NULL.
*
* Filled by the user before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() and should be
* cast to mfxLoader handle. Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always
* release this interface.
*/
void *loader;
} AVQSVDeviceContext;
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVQSVFramesContext {
mfxFrameSurface1 *surfaces;
int nb_surfaces;
/**
* A combination of MFX_MEMTYPE_* describing the frame pool.
*/
int frame_type;
} AVQSVFramesContext;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H */

117
ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H
#include <va/va.h>
/**
* @file
* API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI.
*
* Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render
* target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an
* argument to vaCreateContext().
*
* For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
* with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID.
*/
enum {
/**
* The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected
* automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
*/
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0),
/**
* The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by
* vaRenderPicture(). Additional code will be required to destroy them
* separately afterwards.
*/
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1),
/**
* The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute,
* so the surface allocation code will not try to use it.
*/
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2),
/**
* The driver does not support surface attributes at all.
* The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation,
* and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked.
*/
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3),
};
/**
* VAAPI connection details.
*
* Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext {
/**
* The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user.
*/
VADisplay display;
/**
* Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(),
* with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the
* AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present. The user
* may need to refer to this field when performing any later
* operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay.
*/
unsigned int driver_quirks;
} AVVAAPIDeviceContext;
/**
* VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool.
*
* Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx.
*/
typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext {
/**
* Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in
* the frame pool. If null, default settings are used.
*/
VASurfaceAttrib *attributes;
int nb_attributes;
/**
* The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation.
* Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive.
* These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to
* vaCreateContext().
*/
VASurfaceID *surface_ids;
int nb_surfaces;
} AVVAAPIFramesContext;
/**
* VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details.
*
* Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc().
*/
typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig {
/**
* ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration.
*/
VAConfigID config_id;
} AVVAAPIHWConfig;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More